TW201920485A - Polyimide precursor resin composition, polyimide resin composition and film, production method for layered product and color filter, production method for liquid crystal element, and production method for organic el element - Google Patents
Polyimide precursor resin composition, polyimide resin composition and film, production method for layered product and color filter, production method for liquid crystal element, and production method for organic el element Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW201920485A TW201920485A TW107133070A TW107133070A TW201920485A TW 201920485 A TW201920485 A TW 201920485A TW 107133070 A TW107133070 A TW 107133070A TW 107133070 A TW107133070 A TW 107133070A TW 201920485 A TW201920485 A TW 201920485A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- resin composition
- polyimide precursor
- polyimide
- solvent
- general formula
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G73/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
- C08G73/06—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G73/10—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
- C08G73/1057—Polyimides containing other atoms than carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen or oxygen in the main chain
- C08G73/106—Polyimides containing other atoms than carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen or oxygen in the main chain containing silicon
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
- B32B27/34—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyamides
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B9/00—Layered products comprising a layer of a particular substance not covered by groups B32B11/00 - B32B29/00
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G73/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
- C08G73/06—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G73/10—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G73/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
- C08G73/06—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G73/10—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
- C08G73/1003—Preparatory processes
- C08G73/1007—Preparatory processes from tetracarboxylic acids or derivatives and diamines
- C08G73/1028—Preparatory processes from tetracarboxylic acids or derivatives and diamines characterised by the process itself, e.g. steps, continuous
- C08G73/1032—Preparatory processes from tetracarboxylic acids or derivatives and diamines characterised by the process itself, e.g. steps, continuous characterised by the solvent(s) used
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G73/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
- C08G73/06—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G73/10—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
- C08G73/1057—Polyimides containing other atoms than carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen or oxygen in the main chain
- C08G73/1064—Polyimides containing other atoms than carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen or oxygen in the main chain containing sulfur
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G73/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
- C08G73/06—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G73/10—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
- C08G73/1067—Wholly aromatic polyimides, i.e. having both tetracarboxylic and diamino moieties aromatically bound
- C08G73/1071—Wholly aromatic polyimides containing oxygen in the form of ether bonds in the main chain
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J5/00—Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
- C08J5/18—Manufacture of films or sheets
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J7/00—Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances
- C08J7/04—Coating
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L79/00—Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
- C08L79/04—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
- C08L79/08—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/20—Filters
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
- H05B33/00—Electroluminescent light sources
- H05B33/02—Details
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H10—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H10K—ORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
- H10K50/00—Organic light-emitting devices
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Nonlinear Science (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)
- Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
- Optical Filters (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
- Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
- Laminated Bodies (AREA)
Abstract
聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物包括包含通式(1)所表示的結構及通式(2)所表示的結構單元的聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)、以及溶媒(B)。於將聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)整體的量設為100質量%的情況下,聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)包含5質量%~30質量%的通式(1)所表示的結構。溶媒(B)包含分別為一種以上的SP值為7.7以上且9.0以下的溶媒(B1)、以及SP值大於9.0且為12.5以下的溶媒(B2)。 [化1](通式(1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地表示碳數1~20的一價有機基;m表示3~200的整數) [化2](通式(2)中,R3表示二價有機基,R4表示四價有機基;Y1及Y2分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~10的一價有機基或碳數1~10的一價烷基矽烷基)The polyimide precursor resin composition includes a polyimide precursor (A) including a structure represented by the general formula (1) and a structural unit represented by the general formula (2), and a solvent (B). When the total amount of the polyimide precursor (A) is 100% by mass, the polyimide precursor (A) includes a structure represented by the general formula (1) of 5 to 30% by mass . The solvent (B) includes one or more solvents (B1) with an SP value of 7.7 or more and 9.0 or less, and a solvent (B2) with an SP value of more than 9.0 and 12.5 or less. [Chemical 1] (In the general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; m represents an integer of 3 to 200) (In the general formula (2), R 3 represents a divalent organic group, and R 4 represents a tetravalent organic group; Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a monovalent organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a carbon number 1 ~ 10 monovalent alkyl silane group)
Description
本發明是有關於一種聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物、聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物、聚醯亞胺樹脂膜、積層體的製造方法、彩色濾光片的製造方法、液晶元件的製造方法以及有機EL元件的製造方法。The present invention relates to a method for producing a polyimide precursor resin composition, a polyimide resin composition, a polyimide resin film, a laminate, a method for producing a color filter, and a method for producing a liquid crystal element. And a method for manufacturing an organic EL element.
有機膜與玻璃相比具有如下特長:富有彎曲性,難以破裂,且輕量等。最近,藉由將平板顯示器的基板更換為有機膜而使顯示器柔性化的動態活躍化。Compared with glass, organic films have the following characteristics: they are flexible, hard to break, and lightweight. Recently, by changing the substrate of a flat panel display to an organic film, the dynamics of display flexibility have been activated.
作為有機膜中所使用的樹脂,可列舉:聚酯、聚醯胺、聚醯亞胺、聚碳酸酯、聚醚碸、丙烯酸、環氧等。該些中,聚醯亞胺樹脂為高耐熱性樹脂,因此適合作為顯示器基板。Examples of the resin used in the organic film include polyester, polyimide, polyimide, polycarbonate, polyetherimide, acrylic acid, epoxy, and the like. Among these, polyimide resin is a highly heat-resistant resin, and is therefore suitable as a display substrate.
但是,通常的聚醯亞胺樹脂因高的芳香環密度而著色為茶色或黃色,從而可見光線區域中的透過率低,難以用於要求透明性的領域中。However, ordinary polyimide resins are colored brown or yellow due to high aromatic ring density, and thus have low transmittance in the visible light region, and are difficult to use in areas requiring transparency.
針對提高此種聚醯亞胺樹脂的透明性的課題,以下的專利文獻1中揭示有如下方法:使用2,2-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺(以下,亦記載為TFMB(2,2'-bis(trifluoromethyl)benzidine))來提高透過率及色相的透明度,進而導入矽酮二胺(silicon diamine)等矽酮成分來減低殘留應力。In order to improve the transparency of such polyimide resins, the following Patent Document 1 discloses a method of using 2,2-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzidine (hereinafter, also referred to as TFMB (2, 2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzidine)) to improve transmittance and transparency of hue, and then introduce silicone components such as silicon diamine to reduce residual stress.
另外,以下的專利文獻2中揭示有藉由將沸點低的非醯胺系溶劑設為主成分而白濁少且膜的生產性優異的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物。 [現有技術文獻] [專利文獻]In addition, Patent Document 2 below discloses a polyfluorene imide precursor resin composition having a low turbidity and excellent film productivity by using a non-fluorine-based solvent having a low boiling point as a main component. [Prior Art Literature] [Patent Literature]
[專利文獻1]日本專利第5948545號公報 [專利文獻2]日本專利第5862674號公報[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent No. 5948545 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent No. 5862674
[發明所欲解決之課題] 專利文獻1中,對使用N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(N-Methyl-2-Pyrrolidone,NMP)單一溶媒的含有矽酮的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物有所揭示,但矽酮成分於NMP中的溶解性低,因此存在溶液及所獲得的固化膜中容易產生白濁的問題。[Problems to be Solved by the Invention] In Patent Document 1, a silicone-containing polyimide precursor resin using a single solvent of N-Methyl-2-Pyrrolidone (NMP) Although the composition is disclosed, the solubility of the silicone component in NMP is low, so that there is a problem that white turbidity easily occurs in the solution and the obtained cured film.
另外,專利文獻2中揭示有以沸點低的溶劑為主溶劑的含有矽酮的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物,但若於主溶劑中使用沸點低的溶劑,則塗液的乾燥快,因此存在於進行狹縫塗佈時容易產生不均而塗佈性容易降低的問題。In addition, Patent Document 2 discloses a silicone-containing polyimide precursor resin composition containing a solvent having a low boiling point as a main solvent. However, if a solvent having a low boiling point is used as the main solvent, the coating liquid dries quickly. Therefore, there is a problem that unevenness tends to occur when the slit coating is performed, and the applicability is liable to decrease.
如此,現狀為並不知道利用狹縫的塗佈性良好且可抑制所獲得的聚醯亞胺膜的白濁、殘留應力的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物。As described above, a polyimide precursor resin composition in which the coating property using the slit is good and the haze and residual stress of the obtained polyimide film are not known is unknown.
本發明是鑒於所述課題而成,其目的在於提供一種狹縫塗佈性良好且所獲得的聚醯亞胺膜的白濁、殘留應力得到抑制的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物、使用其的聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物、聚醯亞胺樹脂膜、積層體的製造方法、彩色濾光片的製造方法、液晶元件的製造方法以及有機電致發光(electroluminescence,EL)元件的製造方法。 [解決課題之手段]This invention is made in view of the said subject, and an object of this invention is to provide the polyimide precursor resin composition which has favorable slit coating property, and obtained the polyimide film, and which suppresses the turbidity and residual stress of the obtained polyimide film, and uses the same Polyimide resin composition, polyimide resin film, method of manufacturing laminated body, method of manufacturing color filter, method of manufacturing liquid crystal element, and method of manufacturing organic electroluminescence (EL) element. [Means for solving problems]
為了解決所述課題並達成目的,本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物為包括包含通式(1)所表示的結構及通式(2)所表示的結構單元的聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)、以及溶媒(B)的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物,並且其特徵在於:於將所述聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)整體的量設為100質量%的情況下,所述聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)包含5質量%~30質量%的通式(1)所表示的結構,所述溶媒(B)包含分別為一種以上的溶解度參數(Solubility Parameter,SP)值為7.7以上且9.0以下的溶媒(B1)、以及SP值大於9.0且為12.5以下的溶媒(B2)。In order to solve the problems and achieve the object, the polyfluorene imide precursor resin composition of the present invention is a polyfluorene imide precursor including a structure represented by the general formula (1) and a structural unit represented by the general formula (2). The polyimide precursor resin composition of the polymer (A) and the solvent (B), wherein the total amount of the polyimide precursor (A) is 100% by mass The polyimide precursor (A) includes a structure represented by the general formula (1) in an amount of 5 to 30% by mass, and the solvent (B) includes one or more of a solubility parameter (SP) ) A solvent (B1) having a value of 7.7 or more and 9.0 or less, and a solvent (B2) having an SP value of more than 9.0 and 12.5 or less.
[化1](通式(1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示碳數1~20的一價有機基;m表示3~200的整數)[Chemical 1] (In the general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; and m represents an integer of 3 to 200)
[化2](通式(2)中,R3 表示二價有機基,R4 表示四價有機基;Y1 及Y2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~10的一價有機基或碳數1~10的一價烷基矽烷基)[Chemical 2] (In the general formula (2), R 3 represents a divalent organic group, R 4 represents a tetravalent organic group, and Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a monovalent organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or 1 carbon number. ~ 10 monovalent alkyl silyl group)
另外,如所述發明,本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物的特徵在於:於將所述溶媒(B)整體的量設為100質量%的情況下,所述溶媒(B)包含5質量%~40質量%的所述溶媒(B1),且包含60質量%~95質量%的所述溶媒(B2)。In addition, as described in the present invention, the polyfluorene imide precursor resin composition of the present invention is characterized in that when the total amount of the solvent (B) is 100% by mass, the solvent (B) contains 5 mass% to 40 mass% of the solvent (B1), and 60 mass% to 95 mass% of the solvent (B2).
另外,如所述發明,本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物的特徵在於:於將所述溶媒(B)整體的量設為100質量%的情況下,所述溶媒(B)包含70質量%~100質量%的20℃下的蒸氣壓為10 Pa以上且100 Pa以下的溶媒。In addition, as described in the present invention, the polyfluorene imide precursor resin composition of the present invention is characterized in that when the total amount of the solvent (B) is 100% by mass, the solvent (B) contains 70% to 100% by mass of a solvent having a vapor pressure at 20 ° C of 10 Pa to 100 Pa.
另外,如所述發明,本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物的特徵在於:所述溶媒(B)中,20℃下的蒸氣壓最高的溶媒與最低的溶媒的蒸氣壓差為100 Pa以下。In addition, as described in the invention, the polyimide precursor resin composition of the present invention is characterized in that, in the solvent (B), a vapor pressure difference between the solvent having the highest vapor pressure and the lowest solvent at 20 ° C is 100. Pa or less.
另外,如所述發明,本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物的特徵在於:於所述聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的100莫耳%中,所述聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)包含5莫耳%以上且55莫耳%以下的具有茀骨架的酸酐殘基。In addition, according to the invention, the polyimide precursor resin composition of the present invention is characterized in that the polyimide precursor is 100 mol% of the polyimide precursor (A). (A) An acid anhydride residue having a fluorene skeleton of 5 mol% or more and 55 mol% or less is included.
另外,如所述發明,本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物的特徵在於:於所述聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的100莫耳%中,所述聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)包含合計為15莫耳%以上且小於60莫耳%的具有二苯基碸基的二胺殘基。In addition, according to the invention, the polyimide precursor resin composition of the present invention is characterized in that the polyimide precursor is 100 mol% of the polyimide precursor (A). (A) Including 15 mol% or more and less than 60 mol% of diamine residues having a diphenylfluorenyl group in total.
另外,如所述發明,本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物的特徵在於:於所述聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的100莫耳%中,所述聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)包含合計為30莫耳%以上的具有二苯基醚基的酸酐殘基、以及具有二苯基醚基的二胺殘基。In addition, according to the invention, the polyimide precursor resin composition of the present invention is characterized in that the polyimide precursor is 100 mol% of the polyimide precursor (A). (A) It contains the acid anhydride residue which has a diphenyl ether group, and the diamine residue which has a diphenyl ether group in total at 30 mol% or more.
另外,如所述發明,本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物的特徵在於:所述聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)包含三胺骨架。In addition, according to the present invention, the polyfluorene imide precursor resin composition of the present invention is characterized in that the polyfluorene imine precursor (A) includes a triamine skeleton.
另外,如所述發明,本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物的特徵在於:所述聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)包含四胺骨架。In addition, according to the present invention, the polyfluorene imide precursor resin composition of the present invention is characterized in that the polyfluorene imine precursor (A) includes a tetraamine skeleton.
另外,如所述發明,本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物的特徵在於:進而包含醯亞胺化促進劑,且所述醯亞胺化促進劑的含量相對於所述聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的100質量份而為0.1質量份~3質量份。In addition, as described in the present invention, the polyfluorene imide precursor resin composition of the present invention further includes a fluorene imidization accelerator, and the content of the fluorene imidization accelerator relative to the polyfluorene The amount of 100 parts by mass of the amine precursor (A) is 0.1 to 3 parts by mass.
另外,本發明的聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物的特徵在於:是使如所述發明中的任一發明中所述的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物醯亞胺化而獲得。In addition, the polyfluorene imide resin composition of the present invention is obtained by imidizing a polyfluorene imide precursor resin composition as described in any one of the inventions.
另外,本發明的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜為用於製造柔性顯示器基板的包含通式(1)所表示的結構的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜,且其特徵在於:於將所述聚醯亞胺樹脂膜整體的量設為100質量%的情況下,所述聚醯亞胺樹脂膜包含5質量%~30質量%的通式(1)所表示的結構,並且拉伸彈性係數為1.5 GPa以上且3.5 GPa以下,且霧度值為1%以下。The polyimide resin film of the present invention is a polyimide resin film containing a structure represented by the general formula (1) for manufacturing a flexible display substrate, and the polyimide resin film is characterized in that: When the amount of the entire resin film is 100% by mass, the polyimide resin film includes a structure represented by the general formula (1) in an amount of 5% to 30% by mass, and has a tensile elastic coefficient of 1.5 GPa or more. It is 3.5 GPa or less, and the haze value is 1% or less.
[化3](通式(1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示碳數1~20的一價有機基;m表示3~200的整數)[Chemical 3] (In the general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; and m represents an integer of 3 to 200)
另外,本發明的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜為用於製造柔性顯示器基板的包含通式(1)所表示的結構的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜,且其特徵在於:於將所述聚醯亞胺樹脂膜整體的量設為100質量%的情況下,所述聚醯亞胺樹脂膜包含5質量%~30質量%的通式(1)所表示的結構,並且霧度值為1%以下,且玻璃轉移點為380℃以上。The polyimide resin film of the present invention is a polyimide resin film containing a structure represented by the general formula (1) for manufacturing a flexible display substrate, and the polyimide resin film is characterized in that: When the amount of the entire resin film is 100% by mass, the polyimide resin film includes a structure represented by the general formula (1) in an amount of 5% to 30% by mass, and the haze value is 1% or less. The glass transition point is 380 ° C or higher.
[化4](通式(1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示碳數1~20的一價有機基;m表示3~200的整數)[Chemical 4] (In the general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; and m represents an integer of 3 to 200)
另外,本發明的積層體的製造方法的特徵在於包括:將如所述發明中的任一發明所述的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物塗佈於支撐基板上的塗佈步驟;自所塗佈的所述聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物去除溶劑的去除步驟;使去除了所述溶劑的所述聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物醯亞胺化而獲得聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物的膜狀物的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜形成步驟;以及於所獲得的所述聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物的膜狀物上形成無機膜的無機膜形成步驟。Moreover, the manufacturing method of the laminated body of this invention is characterized by including the coating process of apply | coating the polyimide precursor resin composition as described in any one of said inventions to a support substrate; A removal step of removing the solvent of the coated polyimide precursor resin composition; the polyimide precursor resin composition from which the solvent is removed is imidized to obtain a polyimide resin composition A polyimide resin film forming step of a film of an object; and an inorganic film forming step of forming an inorganic film on the obtained film of the polyimide resin composition.
另外,本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法的特徵在於包括:於利用所述發明中記載的積層體的製造方法製造的積層體上形成黑色矩陣(black matrix)及著色畫素的形成步驟;以及自所述支撐基板剝離所述積層體的剝離步驟。In addition, the method for manufacturing a color filter of the present invention is characterized by comprising: a step of forming a black matrix and a colored pixel on a multilayer body manufactured by the multilayer body manufacturing method described in the invention; And a peeling step of peeling the laminated body from the support substrate.
另外,本發明的液晶元件的製造方法的特徵在於包括:於利用所述發明中記載的積層體的製造方法製造的積層體上形成透明電極、配向膜及液晶層的形成步驟;以及自所述支撐基板剝離所述積層體的剝離步驟。In addition, the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal element of the present invention is characterized by comprising the steps of forming a transparent electrode, an alignment film, and a liquid crystal layer on a multilayer body manufactured by the multilayer body manufacturing method described in the invention; and A step of peeling the support substrate from the laminated body.
另外,本發明的有機EL元件的製造方法的特徵在於包括:於利用所述發明中記載的積層體的製造方法製造的積層體上形成有機EL發光電路的形成步驟;以及自所述支撐基板剝離所述積層體的剝離步驟。 [發明的效果]In addition, the method for manufacturing an organic EL element of the present invention includes: a step of forming an organic EL light-emitting circuit on a multilayer body manufactured by the multilayer body manufacturing method described in the invention; and peeling off the support substrate. A step of peeling off the laminated body. [Effect of the invention]
根據本發明,可提供一種利用狹縫的塗佈性良好且可抑制所獲得的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的白濁、殘留應力的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物。由本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物獲得的聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物可作為電子器件、例如觸控面板、彩色濾光片、液晶元件、有機EL元件等的顯示器用的支撐基板而適宜使用。藉由使用此種支撐基板,可製作高精彩且可靠性高的顯示器。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a polyimide precursor resin composition having good coatability using a slit and suppressing white turbidity and residual stress of the obtained polyimide resin film. The polyimide resin composition obtained from the polyimide precursor resin composition of the present invention can be used as a support substrate for displays of electronic devices such as touch panels, color filters, liquid crystal elements, organic EL elements, and the like. Suitable for use. By using such a support substrate, it is possible to produce a display with high performance and high reliability.
以下,與圖式一起對用於實施本發明的形態進行詳細說明。再者,本發明並不由以下的實施形態限定。另外,以下的說明中所參照的各圖只是以可理解本發明的內容的程度概略性地表示形狀、大小及位置關係。即,本發明並非僅限定於各圖中所例示的形狀、大小及位置關係。Hereinafter, the form for implementing this invention is demonstrated in detail with drawing. The present invention is not limited to the following embodiments. In addition, each figure referred to in the following description merely shows the shape, size, and positional relationship to the extent that the content of the present invention can be understood. That is, the present invention is not limited to the shapes, sizes, and positional relationships illustrated in the drawings.
<樹脂組成物> 本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物為包括包含通式(1)所表示的結構及通式(2)所表示的結構單元的聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)、以及溶媒(B)的樹脂組成物。於將聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)整體的量設為100質量%的情況下,聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)包含5質量%~30質量%的通式(1)所表示的結構。溶媒(B)包含分別為一種以上的SP值為7.7以上且9.0以下的溶媒(B1)、以及SP值大於9.0且為12.5以下的溶媒(B2)。<Resin Composition> The polyimide precursor resin composition according to the embodiment of the present invention is a polyimide precursor including a structure represented by the general formula (1) and a structural unit represented by the general formula (2). (A) and the resin composition of the solvent (B). When the entire amount of the polyfluorene imide precursor (A) is 100% by mass, the polyfluorene imide precursor (A) includes a structure represented by the general formula (1) in an amount of 5 to 30% by mass. . The solvent (B) includes one or more solvents (B1) having an SP value of 7.7 or more and 9.0 or less, and a solvent (B2) having an SP value of more than 9.0 and 12.5 or less.
[化5] [Chemical 5]
通式(1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示碳數1~20的一價有機基。m表示3~200的整數。In the general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. m represents an integer from 3 to 200.
[化6] [Chemical 6]
通式(2)中,R3 表示二價有機基,R4 表示四價有機基。Y1 及Y2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~10的一價有機基或碳數1~10的一價烷基矽烷基。In the general formula (2), R 3 represents a divalent organic group, and R 4 represents a tetravalent organic group. Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a monovalent organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a monovalent alkylsilyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
再者,「碳數1~10」表示「碳數1以上且碳數10以下」。本發明中的同樣的記載表示同樣的含義。In addition, “carbon number 1 to 10” means “carbon number 1 or more and carbon number 10 or less”. The same description in the present invention has the same meaning.
本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物藉由包含所述聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)、以及SP值處於較佳範圍的溶媒(B)、例如SP值分別處於較佳範圍的兩種以上的溶媒(B1)、溶媒(B2)而狹縫塗佈性良好。進而,進行醯亞胺化而獲得的聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物具有高的玻璃轉移溫度且翹曲的產生及白濁少、機械強度優異。The polyimide precursor resin composition of the present invention includes the polyimide precursor (A) and a solvent (B) having an SP value in a better range, for example, two SP values in a better range, respectively. More than one type of solvent (B1) and solvent (B2), and the slit coatability is good. Furthermore, the polyfluorene imide resin composition obtained by the fluorene imidization has a high glass transition temperature, has less occurrence of warpage, has less white turbidity, and is excellent in mechanical strength.
<聚醯亞胺前驅物> 本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)為於構成聚醯亞胺的酸二酐殘基及二胺殘基中的至少一個中具有通式(1)所表示的結構的樹脂。另外,聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)具有通式(2)所表示的結構單元。通式(2)所表示的結構單元的一部分包含通式(1)所表示的柔軟結構,因此認為形成剛直的骨架部位(並不具有通式(1)所表示的結構的部位)為海部、柔軟的骨架部位為島部的微層分離結構。結果,可利用所述柔軟的骨架部位效率良好地吸收成膜步驟中所產生的應力而可獲得殘留應力小、翹曲的產生得到抑制的膜。<Polyimide precursor> The polyimide precursor (A) according to the embodiment of the present invention has a general formula (at least one of an acid dianhydride residue and a diamine residue constituting the polyimide). 1) Resin of the structure shown. The polyfluorene imide precursor (A) has a structural unit represented by the general formula (2). Since a part of the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) includes a soft structure represented by the general formula (1), it is considered that a rigid skeleton portion (a portion having no structure represented by the general formula (1)) is a sea portion, The soft skeleton part is a microlayer separation structure of the island part. As a result, it is possible to efficiently absorb the stress generated in the film formation step by using the soft skeleton portion, and to obtain a film having a small residual stress and suppressed generation of warpage.
作為R1 及R2 中的碳數1~20的一價有機基,可列舉:烴基、胺基、烷氧基、環氧基等。作為R1 及R2 中的烴基,可列舉:碳數1~20的烷基、碳數3~20的環烷基、碳數6~20的芳基等。Examples of the monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R 1 and R 2 include a hydrocarbon group, an amino group, an alkoxy group, and an epoxy group. Examples of the hydrocarbon group in R 1 and R 2 include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
作為碳數1~20的烷基,較佳為碳數1~10的烷基,具體而言可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基等。作為碳數3~20的環烷基,較佳為碳數3~10的環烷基,具體而言可列舉環戊基、環己基等。作為碳數6~20的芳基,較佳為碳數6~12的芳基,具體而言可列舉:苯基、甲苯基、萘基等。The alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Specific examples include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, and tertiary. Butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc. The cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group. The aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include phenyl, tolyl, and naphthyl.
作為R1 及R2 中的烷氧基,可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、異丙基氧基、丁氧基、苯氧基、丙烯基氧基及環己基氧基等。Examples of the alkoxy group in R 1 and R 2 include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropyloxy group, a butoxy group, a phenoxy group, a propenyloxy group, and a cyclohexyloxy group. Wait.
通式(1)中的R1 及R2 較佳為碳數1~3的一價脂肪族烴基、或碳數6~10的芳香族基。原因在於所獲得的聚醯亞胺膜兼具高耐熱性與低殘留應力。此處,碳數1~3的一價脂肪族烴較佳為甲基,碳數6~10的芳香族基較佳為苯基。R 1 and R 2 in the general formula (1) are preferably a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an aromatic group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. The reason is that the obtained polyimide film has both high heat resistance and low residual stress. Here, the monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is preferably a methyl group, and the aromatic group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferably a phenyl group.
通式(1)中的R1 及R2 的至少一個較佳為包含芳香族基。原因在於:包含柔軟的骨架部位的島部與包含剛直的骨架部位的海部的親和性優異,容易以1 nm~1 μm左右的尺寸進行微層分離。該情況下,通式(1)所表示的結構中的結構單元中的所有的R1 及R2 中,碳數1~3的脂肪族烴基的莫耳數M1與碳數6~10的芳香族基的莫耳數M2的比(其中,M1+M2=100)較佳為M1:M2=90~10:10~90,更佳為M1:M2=85~15:15~85,進而佳為M1:M2=85~65:15~35。若該比處於所述範圍,則包含通式(1)所表示的結構中的所述結構單元的骨架部位能夠進行微層分離,可獲得具有低的殘留應力等、並且透明性優異且難以白濁的膜。At least one of R 1 and R 2 in the general formula (1) preferably contains an aromatic group. The reason is that the island portion including the soft skeleton portion has excellent affinity with the sea portion including the rigid skeleton portion, and it is easy to perform microlayer separation with a size of about 1 nm to 1 μm. In this case, among all of R 1 and R 2 in the structural unit represented by the general formula (1), the molar number M1 of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group of 1 to 3 carbons and the aromatic number of 6 to 10 carbons The ratio of the group-based Mohr number M2 (where M1 + M2 = 100) is preferably M1: M2 = 90 to 10:10 to 90, more preferably M1: M2 = 85 to 15:15 to 85, and further preferably M1: M2 = 85 ~ 65: 15 ~ 35. When the ratio is in the range, micro-layer separation can be performed at a skeleton portion including the structural unit in the structure represented by the general formula (1), low residual stress, and the like can be obtained, excellent transparency, and difficulty in turbidity Of the film.
本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物中,於將聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)整體的量設為100質量%的情況下,包含5質量%~30質量%的通式(1)所表示的結構。較佳為包含6質量%~23質量%的通式(1)所表示的結構,更佳為包含8質量%~22質量%,進而佳為包含10質量%~21質量%。In the polyimide precursor resin composition according to the embodiment of the present invention, when the entire amount of the polyimide precursor (A) is 100% by mass, 5% to 30% by mass of The structure represented by Formula (1). The structure represented by the general formula (1) is preferably contained in an amount of 6 to 23% by mass, more preferably 8 to 22% by mass, and even more preferably 10 to 21% by mass.
若聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)中所含的通式(1)所表示的結構的比例為所述範圍內,則可抑制所獲得的聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物的白濁、玻璃轉移溫度的降低、殘留應力或基板翹曲的增加。When the proportion of the structure represented by the general formula (1) contained in the polyfluorene imine precursor (A) is within the above range, the turbidity and glass transition temperature of the obtained polyfluorene imide resin composition can be suppressed. Reduction, residual stress, or increased substrate warpage.
通式(1)中的m(即,聚合度m)為3~200的整數。聚合度m較佳為10~200的整數,更佳為20~150的整數,進而佳為30~100的整數,特佳為30~60的整數。於聚合度m為所述範圍內的情況下,可減低聚醯亞胺的殘留應力。另外,可抑制聚醯亞胺膜白濁、或聚醯亞胺膜的機械強度降低。M (that is, the degree of polymerization m) in the general formula (1) is an integer of 3 to 200. The polymerization degree m is preferably an integer of 10 to 200, more preferably an integer of 20 to 150, even more preferably an integer of 30 to 100, and particularly preferably an integer of 30 to 60. When the polymerization degree m is within the above range, the residual stress of polyimide can be reduced. In addition, it is possible to suppress the turbidity of the polyimide film or decrease in the mechanical strength of the polyimide film.
包含通式(1)所表示的結構的聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)可藉由使用下述通式(3)所表示的矽酮化合物作為單體成分而獲得。A polyimide precursor (A) containing a structure represented by the general formula (1) can be obtained by using a silicone compound represented by the following general formula (3) as a monomer component.
[化7] [Chemical 7]
通式(3)中,存在多個的R5 分別獨立地為單鍵或碳數1~20的二價有機基。存在多個的R6 、R7 及R8 分別獨立地為碳數1~20的一價有機基。L1 、L2 及L3 分別獨立地為選自由胺基、酸酐基、羧基、羥基、環氧基、巰基、及R9 所組成的群組中的一種基。R9 為碳數1~20的一價有機基。n為3~200的整數,o為0~197的整數。In the general formula (3), a plurality of R 5 are each independently a single bond or a divalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. A plurality of R 6 , R 7, and R 8 are each independently a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. L 1 , L 2, and L 3 are each independently a group selected from the group consisting of an amine group, an acid anhydride group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an epoxy group, a mercapto group, and R 9 . R 9 is a monovalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. n is an integer from 3 to 200, and o is an integer from 0 to 197.
通式(3)中,作為R5 中的碳數1~20的二價有機基,例如可列舉:碳數1~20的伸烷基、碳數3~20的伸環烷基、碳數6~20的伸芳基等。作為碳數1~20的伸烷基,較佳為碳數1~10的伸烷基,例如可列舉:亞甲基、二亞甲基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、五亞甲基、六亞甲基等。作為碳數3~20的伸環烷基,較佳為碳數3~10的伸環烷基,例如可列舉:伸環丁基、伸環戊基、伸環己基、伸環庚基等。作為碳數6~20的伸芳基,較佳為碳數3~20的芳香族基,例如可列舉:伸苯基、伸萘基等。作為R5 中的碳數1~20的二價有機基,該些中較佳為碳數3~20的二價脂肪族烴。Examples of the divalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R 5 in the general formula (3) include an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and carbon number. 6-20 arylene and the like. The alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include methylene, dimethylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, and pentamethylene. , Hexamethylene, etc. The cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and cycloheptyl. The arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably an aromatic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenylene group and a naphthyl group. The divalent organic group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R 5 is preferably a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
作為R6 ~R8 中的各基的較佳的具體例,可列舉與所述通式(1)所表示的結構中的R1 及R2 中者相同者。Preferred specific examples of each group in R 6 to R 8 include the same ones as R 1 and R 2 in the structure represented by the general formula (1).
L1 、L2 及L3 中的胺基中不僅包含胺基其自身,而且亦包含其反應性衍生物。作為胺基的反應性衍生物,可列舉:異氰酸酯基、雙(三烷基矽烷基)胺基等。作為L1 、L2 及L3 為胺基時的通式(3)所表示的化合物的具體例,可列舉:作為兩末端胺基改質甲基苯基矽酮的X22-1660B-3(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量4,400,聚合度m=41,苯基:甲基=25 mol%:75 mol%)、X22-9409(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量1,300,聚合度m=12,苯基:甲基=25 mol%:75 mol%),作為兩末端胺基改質二甲基矽酮的X22-161A(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量1,600,聚合度m=20)、X22-161B(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量3,000,聚合度m=39)、KF8012(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量4,400,聚合度m=58)、BY16-835U(東麗道康寧(Toray Dow Corning)公司製造,數量平均分子量900,聚合度m=11)、塞拉普雷(Silaplane)FM3311(智索(Chisso)公司製造,數量平均分子量1000)等。The amine group in L 1 , L 2, and L 3 includes not only the amine group itself but also a reactive derivative thereof. Examples of the reactive derivative of an amine group include an isocyanate group and a bis (trialkylsilyl) amine group. Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (3) when L 1 , L 2, and L 3 are amine groups include X22-1660B-3 (a modified methylphenyl silicone at both terminal amino groups) Manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight 4,400, degree of polymerization m = 41, phenyl: methyl = 25 mol%: 75 mol%, X22-9409 (made by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight 1,300, degree of polymerization m = 12 , Phenyl: methyl = 25 mol%: 75 mol%), X22-161A (made by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight 1,600, degree of polymerization m = 20) as a modified dimethyl silicone at both ends of the amino group, X22-161B (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight 3,000, degree of polymerization m = 39), KF8012 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight 4,400, degree of polymerization m = 58), BY16-835U (Toray Dow Corning (Toray Dow Corning), number average molecular weight 900, degree of polymerization m = 11), Silaplane FM3311 (Chisso company, number average molecular weight 1000), etc.
L1 、L2 及L3 中的酸酐基中不僅包含酸酐基其自身,而且亦包含其反應性衍生物。作為酸酐基的反應性衍生物,可列舉:羧基的酸酯化物、該羧基的醯氯等。作為L1 、L2 及L3 為酸酐基的具體例,可列舉下述式所表示的基等。The acid anhydride groups in L 1 , L 2, and L 3 include not only the acid anhydride group itself but also a reactive derivative thereof. Examples of the reactive derivative of the acid anhydride group include an acid ester of a carboxyl group, and fluorenyl chloride of the carboxyl group. Specific examples of L 1 , L 2, and L 3 as the acid anhydride group include a group represented by the following formula.
[化18] [Chemical 18]
再者,聚合度m例如可利用以下式子算出。其中,於滿足如下條件的情況下,該式子成立:為兩末端為胺基丙基、且通式(3)中的所有的R5 為甲基或苯基的化合物。 m=(數量平均分子量-兩末端基(胺基丙基)的分子量)/(74.15×甲基的mol%×0.01+198.29×苯基的mol%×0.01) 該式子中,胺基丙基的分子量為116.2。The degree of polymerization m can be calculated using the following formula, for example. Here, the formula is satisfied if the following conditions are satisfied: a compound in which both ends are aminopropyl groups, and all R 5 in the general formula (3) are methyl groups or phenyl groups. m = (number average molecular weight-molecular weight of both terminal groups (aminopropyl)) / (74.15 × mol% of methyl × 0.01 + 198.29 × mol% of phenyl × 0.01) In this formula, aminopropyl The molecular weight is 116.2.
作為L1 、L2 及L3 為酸酐基時的通式(3)所表示的化合物的具體例,可列舉:X22-168AS(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量1,000)、X22-168A(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量2,000)、X22-168B(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量3,200)、X22-168-P5-B(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量4,200)、DMS-Z21(蓋里特(Gelest)公司製造,數量平均分子量600~800,聚合度m=4~7)等。Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (3) when L 1 , L 2 and L 3 are acid anhydride groups include X22-168AS (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight 1,000), and X22-168A (Shin-Etsu Chemical company, number average molecular weight 2,000), X22-168B (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight 3,200), X22-168-P5-B (manufactured by Shin-Etsu chemical company, number average molecular weight 4,200), DMS-Z21 (Gali Manufactured by Gelest, with a number average molecular weight of 600 to 800 and a degree of polymerization of m = 4 to 7).
作為L1 、L2 及L3 為羥基時的通式(3)所表示的化合物的具體例,可列舉:KF-6000(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量900)、KF-6001(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量1,800)、KF-6002(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量3,200)、KF-6003(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量5,000)等。認為具有該羥基的化合物與其他四羧酸二酐單體反應。Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (3) when L 1 , L 2, and L 3 are hydroxyl groups include KF-6000 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight 900), and KF-6001 (Shin-Etsu Chemical Manufactured by the company with a number average molecular weight of 1,800), KF-6002 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. with a number average molecular weight of 3,200), KF-6003 (made by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. with a number average molecular weight of 5,000) and so on. The compound having this hydroxyl group is considered to react with other tetracarboxylic dianhydride monomers.
作為L1 、L2 及L3 為環氧基時的通式(3)所表示的化合物的具體例,可列舉:為兩末端環氧類型的X22-163(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量400)、KF-105(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量980)、X22-163A(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量2,000)、X22-163B(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量3,500)、X22-163C(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量5,400),為兩末端脂環式環氧類型的X22-169AS(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量1,000)、X22-169B(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量3,400)等。認為具有該環氧基的化合物與其他二胺單體反應。Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (3) when L 1 , L 2, and L 3 are epoxy groups include X22-163 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight) of epoxy type at both ends. 400), KF-105 (made by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight 980), X22-163A (made by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight 2,000), X22-163B (made by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight 3,500), X22- 163C (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight 5,400), X22-169AS (made by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight 1,000), X22-169B (made by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight) 3,400) and so on. The compound having this epoxy group is considered to react with other diamine monomers.
作為L1 、L2 及L3 為巰基時的通式(3)所表示的化合物的具體例,可列舉:X22-167B(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量3,400)、X22-167C(信越化學公司製造,數量平均分子量4,600)等。認為具有該巰基的化合物與其他四羧酸二酐單體反應。Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (3) when L 1 , L 2 and L 3 are a mercapto group include X22-167B (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight 3,400), X22-167C (Shin-Etsu Chemical Manufactured by the company, the number average molecular weight is 4,600). The compound having this mercapto group is considered to react with other tetracarboxylic dianhydride monomers.
就聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的分子量提高的觀點、或所獲得的聚醯亞胺的耐熱性的觀點而言,L1 、L2 及L3 較佳為分別獨立地為選自由胺基、酸酐基、及R9 所組成的群組中的一種基。進而,就避免包含聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)與溶媒(B)的清漆的白濁的觀點、或成本的觀點而言,L1 、L2 及L3 更佳為分別獨立地為胺基。From the viewpoint of increasing the molecular weight of the polyimide precursor (A) or the heat resistance of the obtained polyimide, it is preferred that L 1 , L 2 and L 3 are each independently selected from amines. One of the group consisting of an amino group, an acid anhydride group, and R 9 . Furthermore, from the viewpoint of avoiding the turbidity of the varnish containing the polyimide precursor (A) and the solvent (B), or the viewpoint of cost, it is more preferable that L 1 , L 2, and L 3 are each independently an amine group. .
通式(2)中,作為Y1 及Y2 中的碳數1~10的一價有機基,可列舉碳數1~10的一價烴基等。作為碳數1~10的烴基,可列舉碳數1~10的烷基等。In the general formula (2), examples of the monovalent organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in Y 1 and Y 2 include a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
作為碳數1~10的烷基,具體而言可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基等。Specific examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, third butyl, pentyl, and hexyl.
作為碳數1~10的烷基矽烷基,可列舉鍵結有碳數1~10的烷基的一價矽烷基。作為碳數1~10的烷基矽烷基,具體而言可列舉:三甲基矽烷基、三乙基矽烷基等。Examples of the alkylsilyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include a monovalent silyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms bonded thereto. Specific examples of the alkylsilyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms include trimethylsilyl group and triethylsilyl group.
根據以上,認為由聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)獲得的聚醯亞胺具有剛直的骨架部位、以及包含通式(1)所表示的結構單元的柔軟的骨架部位,且形成該剛直的骨架部位成為海部、柔軟的骨架部位成為島部的微相分離結構。認為藉由聚醯亞胺形成該微相分離結構而可獲得殘留應力得到減低的膜。From the foregoing, it is considered that the polyimide obtained from the polyimide precursor (A) has a rigid skeleton portion and a soft skeleton portion including a structural unit represented by the general formula (1), and forms the rigid skeleton. The part becomes the sea part, and the soft skeleton part becomes the microphase separation structure of the island part. It is considered that a film having reduced residual stress can be obtained by forming the microphase separation structure with polyfluoreneimine.
再者,本發明中,所謂微相分離,是指包含柔軟的骨架部位的島部以1 nm~1 μm左右的尺寸分散於包含剛直的骨架部位的海部中。另外,本發明中,所謂「翹曲」,是指由目視判斷的膜的捲曲程度。所謂「殘留應力」,是指將樹脂組成物塗佈於玻璃基板等基板上並形成膜後的膜內部所殘留的應力,為膜中會產生的「翹曲」的基準。具體而言,可利用下述實施例中記載的方法測定。In addition, in the present invention, the term “microphase separation” means that an island portion including a soft skeleton portion is dispersed in a sea portion including a rigid skeleton portion in a size of about 1 nm to 1 μm. In addition, in the present invention, the "warping" refers to the degree of curl of a film judged visually. The "residual stress" refers to the stress remaining in the film after the resin composition is applied to a substrate such as a glass substrate to form a film, and it is a criterion for "warping" that occurs in the film. Specifically, it can be measured by the method described in the following examples.
通式(2)中,作為R3 中的二價有機基,較佳為碳數1~40的二價有機基。作為碳數1~40的二價有機基,較佳為碳數6~40的二價芳香族烴基或雜環式烴基,就耐熱性的觀點而言,更佳為芳香族烴基。於在有機基中包含兩種以上的環結構的情況下,可包含環彼此共有一個以上的鍵的多環式結構、螺烴結構、及如聯苯基般利用單鍵等鍵結基將環與環鍵結而成的結構等。In the general formula (2), the divalent organic group in R 3 is preferably a divalent organic group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms. The divalent organic group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms is preferably a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group or heterocyclic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group from the viewpoint of heat resistance. When the organic group contains two or more kinds of ring structures, the ring may include a polycyclic structure, a spirohydrocarbon structure, and a single bond such as a biphenyl group. Structures bonded to a ring, etc.
作為鍵結基,除了單鍵以外,可列舉:醚鍵、硫醚基、酮基、酯鍵、磺醯基、伸烷基、醯胺基及矽氧烷基等。於二價有機基包含氫原子的情況下,任意的氫原子可經鹵素原子取代。Examples of the bonding group include an ether bond, a thioether group, a ketone group, an ester bond, a sulfonyl group, an alkylene group, a fluorenylamino group, and a siloxane group, in addition to a single bond. In the case where the divalent organic group contains a hydrogen atom, an arbitrary hydrogen atom may be substituted with a halogen atom.
作為碳數1~40的二價有機基的例子,可列舉:芳香族二胺化合物、脂環式二胺化合物、或脂肪族二胺化合物。Examples of the divalent organic group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms include an aromatic diamine compound, an alicyclic diamine compound, or an aliphatic diamine compound.
例如,作為芳香族二胺化合物,並無特別限定,可列舉:1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、間苯二胺、對苯二胺、1,5-萘二胺、2,6-萘二胺、雙{4-(4-胺基苯氧基苯基)}碸、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3'-二胺基二苯基碸、雙{4-(3-胺基苯氧基苯基)}碸、雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、雙{4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基}醚、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、3-胺基苯基-4-胺基苯磺酸酯、4-胺基苯基-4-胺基苯磺酸酯、2,2-雙(4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基)丙烷、3,4'-二胺基二苯基醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯基醚、3,3'-二胺基二苯基醚或者由烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子等對該些的芳香族環進行取代而成的二胺化合物。For example, the aromatic diamine compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, m-phenylenediamine, p-phenylenediamine, and 1,5-naphthalenediamine. , 2,6-naphthalenediamine, bis {4- (4-aminophenoxyphenyl)} fluorene, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylfluorene, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl Hydrazone, bis {4- (3-aminophenoxyphenyl)} fluorene, bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, bis {4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl} Ether, 9,9-bis (4-aminophenyl) fluorene, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] propane, 2,2-bis [4- (4- Aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 3-aminophenyl-4-aminobenzenesulfonate, 4-aminophenyl-4-aminobenzenesulfonate, 2,2-bis (4- (4-Aminophenoxy) phenyl) propane, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diamine Diphenyl ether or a diamine compound in which these aromatic rings are substituted by an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, or the like.
作為脂環式二胺化合物,並無特別限定,可列舉:環丁烷二胺、異佛爾酮二胺、雙環[2.2.1]庚烷雙甲基胺、三環[3.3.1.13,7]癸烷-1,3-二胺、1,2-環己基二胺、1,3-環己基二胺、1,4-環己基二胺、4,4'-二胺基二環己基甲烷、3,3'-二甲基-4,4'-二胺基二環己基甲烷、3,3'-二乙基-4,4'-二胺基二環己基甲烷、3,3',5,5'-四甲基-4,4'-二胺基二環己基甲烷、3,3',5,5'-四乙基-4,4'-二胺基二環己基甲烷、3,5-二乙基-3',5'-二甲基-4,4'-二胺基二環己基甲烷、4,4'-二胺基二環己醚、3,3'-二甲基-4,4'-二胺基二環己醚、3,3'-二乙基-4,4'-二胺基二環己醚、3,3',5,5'-四甲基-4,4'-二胺基二環己醚、3,3',5,5'-四乙基-4,4'-二胺基二環己醚、3,5-二乙基-3',5'-二甲基-4,4'-二胺基二環己醚、2,2-雙(4-胺基環己基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-甲基-4-胺基環己基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3-乙基-4-胺基環己基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3,5-二甲基-4-胺基環己基)丙烷、2,2-雙(3,5-二乙基-4-胺基環己基)丙烷、2,2-(3,5-二乙基-3',5'-二甲基-4,4'-二胺基二環己基)丙烷、2,2'-雙(4-胺基環己基)六氟丙烷、2,2'-二甲基-4,4'-二胺基雙環己烷、2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4'-二胺基雙環己烷、或者由烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子等對該些的脂環進行取代而成的二胺化合物。The alicyclic diamine compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include cyclobutanediamine, isophoronediamine, bicyclo [2.2.1] heptanedimethylamine, and tricyclo [3.3.1.13,7 ] Decane-1,3-diamine, 1,2-cyclohexyldiamine, 1,3-cyclohexyldiamine, 1,4-cyclohexyldiamine, 4,4'-diaminodicyclohexylmethane , 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodicyclohexylmethane, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodicyclohexylmethane, 3,3 ', 5,5'-tetramethyl-4,4'-diaminodicyclohexylmethane, 3,3 ', 5,5'-tetraethyl-4,4'-diaminodicyclohexylmethane, 3 , 5-diethyl-3 ', 5'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodicyclohexylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodicyclohexyl ether, 3,3'-dimethyl -4,4'-diaminodicyclohexyl ether, 3,3'-diethyl-4,4'-diaminodicyclohexyl ether, 3,3 ', 5,5'-tetramethyl -4,4'-diaminodicyclohexyl ether, 3,3 ', 5,5'-tetraethyl-4,4'-diaminodicyclohexyl ether, 3,5-diethyl-3 ', 5'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminodicyclohexyl ether, 2,2-bis (4-aminocyclohexyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3-methyl-4- Aminocyclohexyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3-ethyl-4-aminocyclohexyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3,5-dimethyl-4-aminocyclohexyl) propane, 2 , 2-bis (3,5-diethyl-4-aminocyclohexyl) propane, 2,2- (3,5-diethyl-3 ', 5'-dimethyl-4,4'- Diaminodicyclohexyl) propane, 2,2'-bis (4-aminocyclohexyl) hexafluoropropane, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobicyclohexane, 2, 2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) -4,4'-diaminobicyclohexane, or a diamine compound in which these alicyclic rings are substituted by an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, or the like.
作為脂肪族二胺化合物,並無特別限定,可列舉:乙二胺、1,3-二胺基丙烷、1,4-二胺基丁烷、1,5-二胺基戊烷、1,6-二胺基己烷、1,7-二胺基庚烷、1,8-二胺基辛烷、1,9-二胺基壬烷、1,10-二胺基癸烷等伸烷基二胺類、雙(胺基甲基)醚、雙(2-胺基乙基)醚、雙(3-胺基丙基)醚等乙二醇二胺類、以及1,3-雙(3-胺基丙基)四甲基二矽氧烷、1,3-雙(4-胺基丁基)四甲基二矽氧烷、α,ω-雙(3-胺基丙基)聚二甲基矽氧烷等矽氧烷二胺類。The aliphatic diamine compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include ethylenediamine, 1,3-diaminopropane, 1,4-diaminobutane, 1,5-diaminopentane, and 1, 6-diaminohexane, 1,7-diaminoheptane, 1,8-diaminooctane, 1,9-diaminononane, 1,10-diaminodecane, etc. Glycol diamines, such as ethylenediamines, bis (aminomethyl) ether, bis (2-aminoethyl) ether, bis (3-aminopropyl) ether, and 1,3-bis ( 3-aminopropyl) tetramethyldisilaxane, 1,3-bis (4-aminobutyl) tetramethyldisilaxane, α, ω-bis (3-aminopropyl) poly Siloxane diamines such as dimethylsiloxane.
該些芳香族二胺化合物、脂環式二胺化合物、或者脂肪族二胺化合物可單獨或者組合兩種以上來使用。These aromatic diamine compounds, alicyclic diamine compounds, or aliphatic diamine compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
作為二價有機基,更佳為包含選自下述化學式(4)~化學式(6)所表示的化合物的群組中的基,進而佳為選自下述化學式(4)~化學式(6)所表示的化合物的群組中的基。於R3 中的二價有機基為選自下述化學式(4)~化學式(6)所表示的化合物的群組中的基的情況下,海部成為具有更剛直的骨架的結構。因此,可獲得殘留應力小、翹曲的產生得到抑制的膜而較佳。The divalent organic group is more preferably a group selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following chemical formulas (4) to (6), and further preferably selected from the following chemical formulas (4) to (6) Groups in the group of compounds represented. When the divalent organic group in R 3 is a group selected from the group of compounds represented by the following chemical formulas (4) to (6), the sea part has a structure having a more rigid skeleton. Therefore, it is preferable to obtain a film with small residual stress and suppressed generation of warpage.
[化9] [Chemical 9]
化學式(4)、化學式(5)中,R10 分別獨立地為包含選自由醚鍵、硫醚鍵、酮鍵、酯鍵、磺醯基鍵、醯胺鍵及矽氧烷鍵所組成的群組中的一種以上的鍵的基。或者,R10 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、羥基、硝基、氰基或磺醯基。該烷基的任意的氫原子可經鹵素原子取代。X1 為直鍵、或者氧原子、硫原子、磺醯基、可經鹵素原子取代的碳數1~3的二價有機基。或者,X1 為選自由酯鍵、醯胺鍵及硫醚鍵所組成的群組中的二價交聯結構。a1 表示1~3的整數。a2 表示1或2。a3 分別獨立地表示0~4的整數。e表示0~3的整數。In the chemical formula (4) and the chemical formula (5), R 10 is independently selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a ketone bond, an ester bond, a sulfonyl bond, a amide bond, and a siloxane bond. The base of more than one bond in the group. Alternatively, R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a cyano group, or a sulfonyl group. Any hydrogen atom of the alkyl group may be substituted with a halogen atom. X 1 is a straight bond, or an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a sulfonyl group, and a divalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom. Alternatively, X 1 is a divalent cross-linked structure selected from the group consisting of an ester bond, a amide bond, and a thioether bond. a 1 represents an integer of 1 to 3. a 2 means 1 or 2. a 3 each independently represents an integer of 0 to 4. e represents an integer from 0 to 3.
作為包含選自由醚鍵、硫醚鍵、酮鍵、酯鍵、磺醯基鍵、醯胺鍵及矽氧烷鍵所組成的群組中的一種以上的鍵的基,例如可列舉包含醚鍵、硫醚鍵、酮鍵、酯鍵、磺醯基鍵、醯胺基或矽氧烷基的碳數1~10的有機基。Examples of the group containing one or more types of bonds selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a ketone bond, an ester bond, a sulfonyl bond, a fluorene bond, and a siloxane bond, and examples include an ether bond. Organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a thioether bond, a ketone bond, an ester bond, a sulfonyl bond, a sulfonyl group, or a siloxane group.
化學式(4)、化學式(5)中,R10 較佳為氫原子、甲基、或三氟甲基,進而佳為甲基、或三氟甲基。於R10 為甲基的情況下,可減低殘留應力且可提高所獲得的聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物的彈性係數。於R10 為三氟甲基的情況下,可提高所獲得的膜的透明性。In the chemical formula (4) and the chemical formula (5), R 10 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or a trifluoromethyl group, and more preferably a methyl group or a trifluoromethyl group. When R 10 is a methyl group, the residual stress can be reduced, and the elastic modulus of the obtained polyimide resin composition can be increased. When R 10 is a trifluoromethyl group, the transparency of the obtained film can be improved.
X1 較佳為直鍵或磺醯基。於X1 為直鍵或磺醯基的情況下,可提高所獲得的聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物的玻璃轉移點(Tg)。X 1 is preferably a straight bond or a sulfofluorenyl group. When X 1 is a straight bond or a sulfofluorenyl group, the glass transition point (Tg) of the obtained polyfluorene imine resin composition can be increased.
e較佳為0~2的整數,更佳為0或1,進而佳為0。a1 較佳為1或3。a2 較佳為2。a3 較佳為0~2的整數,更佳為0或1。e is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1, and even more preferably 0. a 1 is preferably 1 or 3. a 2 is preferably 2. a 3 is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1.
所述通式(2)中,作為R3 中的二價有機基,較佳為選自下述化學式(7)~化學式(10)所表示的化合物的群組中的基。In the general formula (2), the divalent organic group in R 3 is preferably a group selected from the group of compounds represented by the following chemical formulas (7) to (10).
[化10] [Chemical 10]
化學式(7)~化學式(10)中,R10 與所述化學式(4)、化學式(5)中的R10 為相同含義。In Chemical Formulas (7) to (10), R 10 has the same meaning as R 10 in Chemical Formula (4) and Chemical Formula (5).
所述通式(2)中,作為R3 中的二價有機基,更佳為選自下述化學式(11)~化學式(14)所表示的化合物的群組中的基。In the general formula (2), the divalent organic group in R 3 is more preferably a group selected from the group of compounds represented by the following chemical formulas (11) to (14).
[化11] [Chemical 11]
所述通式(2)中,作為R4 中的四價有機基,較佳為碳數1~40的四價有機基。作為碳數1~40的四價有機基,較佳為碳數3~40的四價脂環式烴基或碳數6~40的四價芳香族烴基。於在該有機基中包含兩種以上的環結構的情況下,可包含環彼此共有一個以上的鍵的多環式結構、螺烴結構、及如聯苯基般利用單鍵等鍵結基將環與環鍵結而成的結構等。作為該鍵結基,除了所述單鍵以外,可列舉:醚鍵、硫醚基、酮基、酯鍵、磺醯基、伸烷基、醯胺基及矽氧烷基等。作為所述四價有機基的例子,可列舉:芳香族酸二酐、脂環式酸二酐、或脂肪族酸二酐。In the general formula (2), the tetravalent organic group in R 4 is preferably a tetravalent organic group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms. The tetravalent organic group having 1 to 40 carbon atoms is preferably a tetravalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 40 carbon atoms or a tetravalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms. When the organic group includes two or more kinds of ring structures, the organic group may include a polycyclic structure in which the rings share one or more bonds, a spirohydrocarbon structure, and a bonding group such as a biphenyl group using a single bond or the like. A structure in which a ring is bonded to a ring. Examples of the bonding group include an ether bond, a thioether group, a keto group, an ester bond, a sulfonyl group, an alkylene group, a fluorenylamino group, and a siloxane group in addition to the single bond. Examples of the tetravalent organic group include an aromatic acid dianhydride, an alicyclic acid dianhydride, and an aliphatic acid dianhydride.
例如,作為芳香族酸二酐,並無特別限定,可列舉:2,2-雙(4-(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3-(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(4-(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3-(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、均苯四甲酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,3,3',4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-三聯苯四羧酸二酐、4,4'-氧基二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、3,4'-氧基二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、3,3'-氧基二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、二苯基碸-3,3',4,4'-四羧酸二酐、二苯甲酮-3,3',4,4'-四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)丙烷二酐、1,1-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、1,1-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)乙烷二酐、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)醚二酐、雙(1,3-二側氧基-1,3-二氫異苯并呋喃-5-羧酸)1,4-伸苯基、1,2,5,6-萘四羧酸二酐、2,3,6,7-萘四羧酸二酐、2,3,5,6-吡啶四羧酸二酐、3,4,9,10-苝四羧酸二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(4-(3,4-二羧基苯甲醯基氧基)苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、1,6-二氟均苯四甲酸二酐、1-三氟甲基均苯四甲酸二酐、1,6-二-三氟甲基均苯四甲酸二酐、2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4'-雙(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)聯苯二酐、9,9-雙[4-(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)苯基]茀二酐、4,4'-((9H-茀基)雙(4,1-伸苯基氧基羰基))二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、「理家德(Rikacid)」(註冊商標)TMEG-100(商品名,新日本理化公司製造)等芳香族四羧酸二酐及該些的衍生物等。For example, the aromatic acid dianhydride is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include 2,2-bis (4- (3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy) phenyl) propane dianhydride and 2,2-bis (3 -(3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy) phenyl) propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (4- (3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy) phenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 2,2 -Bis (3- (3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy) phenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride, pyromellitic dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,3 ', 4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2', 3,3'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-terphenyltetracarboxylic acid Acid dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 3,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 3,3'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, di Phenylhydrazone-3,3 ', 4,4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, benzophenone-3,3', 4,4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4 -Dicarboxyphenyl) propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) propane dianhydride, 1,1-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ethane dianhydride, 1 1,1-bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) ethane dianhydride, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) methane dianhydride, bis (2,3-dicarboxyphenyl) methane dianhydride, bis (3,4-Dicarboxyphenyl) ether dianhydride, bis (1,3-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisobenzofuran-5- (Acid) 1,4-phenylene, 1,2,5,6-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,6,7-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5,6-pyridine tetra Carboxylic dianhydride, 3,4,9,10-fluorenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (4- ( 3,4-dicarboxybenzyloxy) phenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 1,6-difluoropyrellitic dianhydride, 1-trifluoromethyl pyromellitic dianhydride, 1, 6-di-trifluoromethyl pyromellitic dianhydride, 2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) -4,4'-bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy) biphenyl dianhydride, 9,9-bis [4- (3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy) phenyl] fluorenic dianhydride, 4,4 '-((9H-fluorenyl) bis (4,1-phenylphenyloxycarbonyl) )) Aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides such as diphthalic dianhydride, "Rikacid" (registered trademark) TMEG-100 (trade name, manufactured by Nippon Rika Chemical Co., Ltd.), and derivatives thereof, etc. .
作為脂環式酸二酐,可列舉:1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4-環戊烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4-四甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,2-二甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,3-二甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4-環庚烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,4,5-四氫呋喃四羧酸二酐、3,4-二羧基-1-環己基丁二酸二酐、2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐、3,4-二羧基-1,2,3,4-四氫-1-萘丁二酸二酐、雙環[3,3,0]辛烷-2,4,6,8-四羧酸二酐、雙環[4,3,0]壬烷-2,4,7,9-四羧酸二酐、雙環[4,4,0]癸烷-2,4,7,9-四羧酸二酐、雙環[4,4,0]癸烷-2,4,8,10-四羧酸二酐、三環[6,3,0,0<2,6>]十一烷-3,5,9,11-四羧酸二酐、雙環[2,2,2]辛烷-2,3,5,6-四羧酸二酐、雙環[2,2,2]辛-7-烯-2,3,5,6-四羧酸二酐、雙環[2,2,1]庚烷四羧酸二酐、雙環[2,2,1]庚烷-5-羧基甲基-2,3,6-三羧酸二酐、7-氧雜雙環[2,2,1]庚烷-2,4,6,8-四羧酸二酐、八氫萘-1,2,6,7-四羧酸二酐、十四氫蒽-1,2,8,9-四羧酸二酐、降冰片烷-2-螺-α-環戊酮-α'-螺-2''-降冰片烷-5,5'',6,6''-四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二環己烷四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-氧基二環己烷四羧酸二酐、5-(2,5-二側氧基四氫-3-呋喃基)-3-甲基-3-環己烯-1,2-二羧酸酐、及「理家德(Rikacid)」(註冊商標)BT-100(以上,商品名,新日本理化公司製造)及該些的衍生物、或由烷基、烷氧基、鹵素原子等對該些的脂環進行取代而成的酸二酐化合物。所述脂環式酸二酐並不限定於該些。Examples of the alicyclic acid dianhydride include 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3 1,4-Cyclopentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-tetramethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2-dimethyl-1 , 2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,3-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-cyclo Heptane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,4,5-tetrahydrofuran tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,4-dicarboxy-1-cyclohexylsuccinic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentane Glycolic dianhydride, 3,4-dicarboxyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthalenesuccinic dianhydride, bicyclo [3,3,0] octane-2,4,6,8 -Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, bicyclic [4,3,0] nonane-2,4,7,9-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, bicyclic [4,4,0] decane-2,4,7,9 -Tetracarboxylic dianhydride, bicyclic [4,4,0] decane-2,4,8,10-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, tricyclic [6,3,0,0 <2,6 >] 11 Alkane-3,5,9,11-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, bicyclo [2,2,2] octane-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, bicyclic [2,2,2] octane -7-ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, bicyclic [2,2,1] heptane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, bicyclic [2,2,1] heptane-5-carboxymethyl -2,3,6-tricarboxylic dianhydride, 7-oxabicyclo [2,2,1] heptane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, octahydrogen -1,2,6,7-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, tetrahydroanthracene-1,2,8,9-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, norbornane-2-spiro-α-cyclopentanone-α ' -Spiro-2 ''-norbornane-5,5 '', 6,6 ''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ', 4,4'-dicyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3 , 3 ', 4,4'-oxydicyclohexane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 5- (2,5-dioxotetrahydro-3-furanyl) -3-methyl-3-cyclohexyl Ene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, and "Rikacid" (registered trademark) BT-100 (above, trade name, manufactured by Nippon Rika Chemical Co., Ltd.) and derivatives thereof, or alkyl, An acid dianhydride compound in which these alicyclic rings are substituted by an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, or the like. The alicyclic acid dianhydride is not limited to these.
作為脂肪族酸二酐,並無特別限定,可列舉:1,2,3,4-丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,2,3,4-戊烷四羧酸二酐及該些的衍生物等。The aliphatic acid dianhydride is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-pentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and the like. Derivatives, etc.
另外,該些以外的酸二酐可單獨或者組合兩種以上來使用。The other acid dianhydrides can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
作為所述通式(2)中的R4 ,更佳為選自下述化學式(15)~化學式(21)所表示的化合物的群組中的基。R 4 in the general formula (2) is more preferably a group selected from the group of compounds represented by the following chemical formulas (15) to (21).
[化12] [Chemical 12]
化學式(15)~化學式(21)中,R11 分別獨立地為包含選自由醚鍵、硫醚鍵、酮鍵、酯鍵、磺醯基鍵、醯胺鍵及矽氧烷鍵所組成的群組中的一種以上的鍵的基。或者,R11 表示氫原子、鹵素原子、烷基、羥基、硝基、氰基或磺醯基,可為烷基的任意的氫原子經鹵素原子取代而成的鹵化烷基。X1 為直鍵、或者氧原子、硫原子、磺醯基、可經鹵素原子取代的碳數1~3的二價有機基。或者,X1 為選自由酯鍵、醯胺鍵及硫醚鍵所組成的群組中的二價交聯結構。b分別獨立地表示1或2。c分別獨立地表示1~3的整數。f表示0~3的整數。In the chemical formulas (15) to (21), R 11 is independently selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a ketone bond, an ester bond, a sulfonyl bond, a amide bond, and a siloxane bond. The base of more than one bond in the group. Alternatively, R 11 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a cyano group, or a sulfonyl group, and any halogen atom that may be an alkyl group is a halogenated alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom. X 1 is a straight bond, or an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a sulfonyl group, and a divalent organic group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom. Alternatively, X 1 is a divalent cross-linked structure selected from the group consisting of an ester bond, a amide bond, and a thioether bond. b each independently represents 1 or 2. c each independently represents an integer of 1 to 3. f represents an integer of 0 to 3.
作為包含選自由醚鍵、硫醚鍵、酮鍵、酯鍵、磺醯基鍵、醯胺鍵及矽氧烷鍵所組成的群組中的一種以上的鍵的基,例如可列舉包含醚鍵、硫醚鍵、酮鍵、酯鍵、磺醯基鍵、醯胺基或矽氧烷基的碳數1~10的有機基。Examples of the group containing one or more types of bonds selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a ketone bond, an ester bond, a sulfonyl bond, a fluorene bond, and a siloxane bond, and examples include an ether bond. Organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a thioether bond, a ketone bond, an ester bond, a sulfonyl bond, a sulfonyl group, or a siloxane group.
化學式(15)~化學式(21)中,作為R11 中的鹵化烷基,可列舉經鹵素原子取代的甲基或碳數2~20的烷基等。作為碳數2~20的鹵化烷基,較佳為經鹵素原子取代的碳數2~10的烷基。作為此種鹵化烷基,例如可列舉乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、叔丁基、戊基、己基的任意的氫原子經氟原子、氯原子、溴原子或碘原子取代而成的基等。In the chemical formulas (15) to (21), examples of the halogenated alkyl group in R 11 include a methyl group substituted with a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. The halogenated alkyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms substituted with a halogen atom. Examples of such a halogenated alkyl group include ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, and hexyl. Any hydrogen atom via a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or A group substituted with an iodine atom.
化學式(15)~化學式(21)中,作為R11 中的鹵化烷基,較佳為經鹵素原子取代的碳數1~2的烷基,具體而言可列舉甲基、乙基的任意的氫原子經氟原子、氯原子、溴原子或碘原子取代而成的基等。In the chemical formulas (15) to (21), the halogenated alkyl group in R 11 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms substituted with a halogen atom. Specific examples include methyl and ethyl groups. A group in which a hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
化學式(15)~化學式(21)中,R11 中的鹵素原子及鹵化烷基中所含的鹵素原子就可獲得機械強度優異、透明性良好的膜的方面而言,較佳為氟原子。另一方面,作為並不包含鹵素原子的R11 ,較佳為氫原子、烷基、茀基、羥基、硝基、氰基或磺基,較佳為氫原子或烷基。In the chemical formulas (15) to (21), the halogen atom in R 11 and the halogen atom contained in the halogenated alkyl group are preferably a fluorine atom in terms of obtaining a film having excellent mechanical strength and good transparency. On the other hand, as R 11 not containing a halogen atom, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a fluorenyl group, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, a cyano group, or a sulfo group is preferred, and a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is preferred.
化學式(15)~化學式(21)中,作為R11 中的烷基,較佳為碳數1~20的烷基,更佳為碳數1~10的烷基。具體而言,作為此種烷基,可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基等。In the chemical formulas (15) to (21), the alkyl group in R 11 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Specific examples of such an alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, third butyl, pentyl, and hexyl.
選自化學式(15)~化學式(21)所表示的化合物的群組中的基較佳為選自下述化學式(22)~化學式(25)所表示的化合物的群組中的基。於包含化學式(22)所表示的基的情況下,可減低所獲得的聚醯亞胺樹脂的白濁、提高透明性、減低殘留應力。於包含化學式(23)所表示的基的情況下,所獲得的聚醯亞胺樹脂為具有剛直的骨架的結構,因此可提高機械強度(提高彈性係數)、或提高Tg。於包含化學式(24)所表示的基的情況下,可減低聚醯亞胺樹脂的白濁、減低面內/面外雙折射。於包含化學式(25)所表示的基的情況下,可提高Tg。其中,於包含化學式(24)所表示的基的情況下,因藉此可顯現出高Tg、低雙折射、高透明性的特性而特佳。另外,除了高Tg、低雙折射、高透明性以外,亦為了提高斷裂伸長度,而較佳為於聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的100莫耳%中包含5莫耳%以上且55莫耳%以下的化學式(24)的結構中所例示的基、即具有茀骨架的酸酐殘基,進而佳為包含10莫耳%以上且35莫耳%以下。The group selected from the group of compounds represented by Chemical Formulas (15) to (21) is preferably a group selected from the group of compounds represented by the following Chemical Formulas (22) to (25). When the group represented by the chemical formula (22) is contained, the turbidity of the obtained polyimide resin can be reduced, transparency can be improved, and residual stress can be reduced. When the group represented by the chemical formula (23) is included, the obtained polyimide resin has a structure having a rigid skeleton, and therefore, it is possible to increase the mechanical strength (the coefficient of elasticity) or the Tg. When the group represented by the chemical formula (24) is included, the turbidity of the polyimide resin can be reduced, and the in-plane / out-plane birefringence can be reduced. When the group represented by the chemical formula (25) is included, Tg can be increased. Among them, when the group represented by the chemical formula (24) is included, it is particularly preferable because it can exhibit characteristics of high Tg, low birefringence, and high transparency. In addition, in addition to high Tg, low birefringence, and high transparency, in order to increase the elongation at break, it is preferable to include 5 mol% or more and 55 mol% of 100 mol% of the polyimide precursor (A). The group exemplified in the structure of the chemical formula (24), which is less than or equal to mole%, that is, an acid anhydride residue having a fluorene skeleton, further preferably contains 10 mole% or more and 35 mole% or less.
[化13] [Chemical 13]
通式(2)中,R3 為選自化學式(4)~化學式(6)所表示的化合物的群組中的基、尤其是選自化學式(7)~化學式(10)所表示的化合物的群組中的基,R4 為選自化學式(15)~化學式(21)所表示的化合物的群組中的基、尤其是選自化學式(22)~化學式(25)所表示的化合物的群組中的基,於通式(1)中的m為3以上的情況下,由聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)獲得的聚醯亞胺更容易取得微相分離結構,因此就所獲得的膜的殘留應力的減低的方面等而言特佳。In the general formula (2), R 3 is a group selected from the group of compounds represented by the chemical formulas (4) to (6), and is particularly selected from the compounds represented by the chemical formulas (7) to (10). The group in the group, R 4 is a group selected from the group of compounds represented by the chemical formulas (15) to (21), particularly a group selected from the compounds represented by the chemical formulas (22) to (25) When m in the general formula (1) is 3 or more, the polyimide obtained from the polyimide precursor (A) is more likely to obtain a microphase separation structure, so the obtained It is particularly preferable in terms of reduction of the residual stress of the film.
另外,聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)較佳為包含三胺骨架。三胺具有三個胺基並且藉由與三個四羧酸二酐成分鍵結而形成分支狀的分子鏈。三胺骨架將分支結構導入聚醯胺酸的分子鏈中而形成分支聚醯胺酸。藉此,可提高溶解有聚醯胺酸樹脂的清漆的黏度,從而可提高利用狹縫進行塗佈時的膜厚均勻性。另外,由具有分支結構的聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)獲得的聚醯亞胺樹脂的分子量與並無分支結構者相比變大,因此可利用群集效應(cluster effect)來提高與形成於聚醯亞胺樹脂上的無機膜的相互作用。The polyfluorene imide precursor (A) preferably contains a triamine skeleton. The triamine has three amine groups and forms a branched molecular chain by bonding to three tetracarboxylic dianhydride components. The triamine skeleton introduces a branched structure into the molecular chain of polyamidic acid to form a branched polyamidic acid. Thereby, the viscosity of the varnish in which the polyamic acid resin is dissolved can be increased, and the uniformity of the film thickness when the coating is performed through the slit can be improved. In addition, since the molecular weight of the polyimide resin obtained from the polyimide precursor (A) having a branched structure is larger than that of the polyimide resin having no branched structure, a cluster effect can be used to increase the Interaction of inorganic film on polyimide resin.
關於三胺化合物的具體例,作為並不具有脂肪族基者,可列舉2,4,4'-三胺基二苯基醚(2,4,4'-triaminodiphenyl ether,TAPE)、1,3,5-三(4-胺基苯氧基)苯(1,3,5-tris(4-aminophenoxy)benzene,1,3,5-TAPOB)、1,2,3-三(4-胺基苯氧基)苯(1,2,3-TAPOB)、三(4-胺基苯基)胺、1,3,5-三(4-胺基苯基)苯、3,4,4'-三胺基二苯基醚等,另外,作為具有脂肪族基者,可列舉三(2-胺基乙基)胺(tris(2-aminoethyl)amine,TAEA)、三(3-胺基丙基)胺等。Specific examples of the triamine compound include those having no aliphatic group, and 2,4,4'-triaminodiphenyl ether (TAPE), 1,3 1,5-tris (4-aminophenoxy) benzene (1,3,5-tris (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 1,3,5-TAPOB), 1,2,3-tris (4-amino group) Phenoxy) benzene (1,2,3-TAPOB), tris (4-aminophenyl) amine, 1,3,5-tris (4-aminophenyl) benzene, 3,4,4'- Triamino diphenyl ether and the like. Examples of those having an aliphatic group include tris (2-aminoethyl) amine (TAEA), and tris (3-aminopropyl). ) Amines and the like.
如上所述,三胺於聚醯亞胺樹脂的分子鏈中構成交聯結構的分支。若該三胺熱分解,則聚醯亞胺樹脂的交聯結構消失,因此,作為三胺成分,較佳為使用並不具有脂肪族基且難以熱分解的成分。即,較佳為使用2,4,4'-三胺基二苯基醚(TAPE)、1,3,5-三(4-胺基苯氧基)苯(1,3,5-TAPOB)、1,2,3-三(4-胺基苯氧基)苯(1,2,3-TAPOB)等。As described above, the triamine constitutes a branch of a crosslinked structure in the molecular chain of the polyfluoreneimide resin. When the triamine is thermally decomposed, the crosslinked structure of the polyfluorene imine resin disappears. Therefore, as the triamine component, it is preferred to use a component that does not have an aliphatic group and is difficult to thermally decompose. That is, it is preferable to use 2,4,4'-triaminodiphenyl ether (TAPE), 1,3,5-tris (4-aminophenoxy) benzene (1,3,5-TAPOB) , 1,2,3-tris (4-aminophenoxy) benzene (1,2,3-TAPOB), etc.
另外,聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)較佳為包含四胺骨架。四胺具有四個胺基並且藉由與四個四羧酸二酐成分鍵結而形成分支狀的分子鏈。四胺骨架將分支結構導入聚醯胺酸的分子鏈中而形成分支聚醯胺酸。藉此,可提高溶解有聚醯胺酸樹脂的清漆的黏度,從而可提高利用狹縫進行塗佈時的膜厚均勻性。另外,由具有分支結構的聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)獲得的聚醯亞胺樹脂的分子量與並無分支結構者相比變大,因此可利用群集效應來提高與形成於聚醯亞胺樹脂上的無機膜的相互作用。進而,藉由使用四胺而可提高聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物的Tg。認為其原因在於:已知藉由使二羧酸與四胺進行反應而可獲得耐熱性高的苯并咪唑,但四羧酸二酐與四胺進行反應的情況下,亦生成一部分苯并咪唑。The polyfluorene imine precursor (A) preferably contains a tetraamine skeleton. Tetraamine has four amine groups and forms a branched molecular chain by bonding to four tetracarboxylic dianhydride components. The tetraamine skeleton introduces a branched structure into the molecular chain of polyamidic acid to form a branched polyamidic acid. Thereby, the viscosity of the varnish in which the polyamic acid resin is dissolved can be increased, and the uniformity of the film thickness when the coating is performed through the slit can be improved. In addition, since the molecular weight of the polyimide resin obtained from the polyimide precursor (A) having a branched structure is larger than that of a polyimide resin having no branched structure, a cluster effect can be used to improve the polyimide resin formation. Interaction of inorganic film on resin. Furthermore, by using tetraamine, the Tg of the polyfluoreneimide resin composition can be increased. The reason is considered to be that it is known that a benzimidazole having high heat resistance can be obtained by reacting a dicarboxylic acid with a tetramine. However, when a tetracarboxylic dianhydride is reacted with a tetraamine, a part of the benzimidazole is also formed. .
作為四胺化合物的具體例,可列舉:1,2,4,5-四胺基苯、3,3',4,4'-四胺基聯苯、3,3',4,4'-四胺基二苯基碸、3,3',4,4'-四胺基二苯基醚、3,3',4,4'-四胺基二苯基硫醚、2,3,6,7-四胺基萘、1,2,5,6-四胺基萘等。或者,作為四胺化合物的具體例,可列舉利用烴或鹵素對該些多元胺化合物或二胺化合物中所含的芳香族環上鍵結的氫的一部分進行取代而成的化合物。Specific examples of the tetraamine compound include 1,2,4,5-tetraaminobenzene, 3,3 ', 4,4'-tetraaminobiphenyl, 3,3', 4,4'- Tetraaminodiphenylphosphonium, 3,3 ', 4,4'-tetraaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3', 4,4'-tetraaminodiphenyl sulfide, 2,3,6 , 7-tetraaminonaphthalene, 1,2,5,6-tetraaminonaphthalene and the like. Alternatively, specific examples of the tetraamine compound include compounds obtained by substituting a part of hydrogen bonded to an aromatic ring contained in these polyamine compounds or diamine compounds with a hydrocarbon or a halogen.
作為四胺成分,與所述三胺同樣地較佳為使用並不具有脂肪族基且難以熱分解的成分,進而,就提高透明性的方面而言,較佳為具有拉電子基。即,較佳為使用3,3',4,4'-四胺基二苯基碸等。As the tetraamine component, it is preferable to use a component which does not have an aliphatic group and which is difficult to thermally decompose, like the triamine, and further has an electron-withdrawing group in terms of improving transparency. That is, it is preferred to use 3,3 ', 4,4'-tetraaminodiphenylphosphonium and the like.
本發明中,拉電子基的哈米特(Hammett)的取代基常數(對位,σp)通常大於0,較佳為0.01以上,進而佳為0.1以上,特佳為0.5以上。哈米特的取代基常數例如於日本化學學會編著的「化學便覽」(修訂第5版,第II分冊,丸善股份有限公司,2004年2月,380頁)中有所記載。作為拉電子基的例子,可列舉:鹵素原子、氰基、氫原子或具有取代基的羰基、硝基、三氟甲基般的全氟烷基、磺醯基等。作為鹵素原子,可列舉:氟原子、溴原子、氯原子、碘原子。In the present invention, the substituent constant (paraposition, σp) of Hammett with an electron-drawing group is generally greater than 0, preferably 0.01 or more, further preferably 0.1 or more, and particularly preferably 0.5 or more. Hammett's substituent constants are described, for example, in the "Handbook of Chemistry" (Revised 5th Edition, Division II, Maruzen Co., Ltd., February 2004, p. 380) compiled by the Japanese Chemical Society. Examples of the electron-withdrawing group include a halogen atom, a cyano group, a hydrogen atom or a carbonyl group having a substituent, a nitro group, a perfluoroalkyl group such as a trifluoromethyl group, and a sulfonyl group. Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, a chlorine atom, and an iodine atom.
聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)較佳為具有二苯基醚基。藉此,可抑制層分離所引起的固化膜的霧度惡化。另外,於聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的100莫耳%中,聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)較佳為包含合計為30莫耳%以上的具有二苯基醚基的酸酐殘基、以及具有二苯基醚基的二胺殘基或三胺殘基,進而佳為包含40莫耳%以上。The polyfluorene imide precursor (A) preferably has a diphenyl ether group. Thereby, deterioration of the haze of the cured film due to layer separation can be suppressed. In addition, out of 100 mol% of the polyfluorene imide precursor (A), the polyfluorene imide precursor (A) preferably contains an acid anhydride residue having a diphenyl ether group in a total amount of 30 mol% or more. And a diamine residue or a triamine residue having a diphenyl ether group, and more preferably 40 mol% or more.
作為包含二苯基醚基的酸酐,例如可列舉:2,2-雙(4-(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3-(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)苯基)丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(4-(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3-(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、4,4'-氧基二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、3,4'-氧基二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、3,3'-氧基二鄰苯二甲酸二酐。Examples of the acid anhydride containing a diphenyl ether group include 2,2-bis (4- (3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy) phenyl) propane dianhydride and 2,2-bis (3- (3 ( , 4-dicarboxyphenoxy) phenyl) propane dianhydride, 2,2-bis (4- (3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy) phenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 2,2-bis ( 3- (3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy) phenyl) hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 3,4'-oxydiphthalic acid di Anhydride, 3,3'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride.
作為包含二苯基醚基的二胺,例如可列舉:1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、雙{4-(4-胺基苯氧基苯基)}碸、雙{4-(3-胺基苯氧基苯基)}碸、雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、雙{4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基}醚、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基)丙烷、3,4'-二胺基二苯基醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯基醚、3,3'-二胺基二苯基醚。Examples of the diamine containing a diphenyl ether group include 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, bis {4- (4-aminophenoxyphenyl)} fluorene, and bis {4- (3-Aminophenoxyphenyl)} pyrene, bis (4-aminophenoxy) biphenyl, bis {4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl} ether, 2, 2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] propane, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis ( 4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl) propane, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diamine Diphenyl ether.
作為包含二苯基醚基的三胺,例如可列舉:2,4,4'-三胺基二苯基醚(TAPE)、1,3,5-三(4-胺基苯氧基)苯(1,3,5-TAPOB)、1,2,3-三(4-胺基苯氧基)苯(1,2,3-TAPOB)、3,4,4'-三胺基二苯基醚。Examples of the triamine containing a diphenyl ether group include: 2,4,4'-triaminodiphenyl ether (TAPE), 1,3,5-tris (4-aminophenoxy) benzene (1,3,5-TAPOB), 1,2,3-tris (4-aminophenoxy) benzene (1,2,3-TAPOB), 3,4,4'-triaminodiphenyl ether.
聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)較佳為具有二苯基碸基。藉此,可提高聚醯亞胺樹脂的Tg,進而可減低雙折射。另外,於聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的100莫耳%中,聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)較佳為包含合計為15莫耳%以上且60莫耳%以下的具有二苯基碸基的酸酐殘基、以及具有二苯基碸基的二胺殘基、三胺殘基或四胺殘基,進而佳為包含20莫耳%以上且50莫耳%以下。聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)藉由在所述範圍內具有二苯基碸基,可提高固化膜的Tg、減低霧度值、進而減低雙折射,並且可提高固化膜的彈性係數,因此可提高可撓性。The polyfluoreneimide precursor (A) preferably has a diphenylfluorenyl group. Thereby, the Tg of the polyfluorene imide resin can be increased, and further, the birefringence can be reduced. In addition, out of 100 mol% of the polyfluorene imide precursor (A), the polyfluorene imide precursor (A) preferably contains a diphenyl group having a total of 15 mol% or more and 60 mol% or less. The fluorenyl acid anhydride residue and the diamine, triamine residue, or tetraamine residue having a diphenyl fluorenyl group are more preferably 20 mol% or more and 50 mol% or less. The polyfluorene imide precursor (A) has a diphenylfluorenyl group within the above range, which can increase the Tg of the cured film, reduce the haze value, and further reduce the birefringence, and can increase the elastic coefficient of the cured film. Improves flexibility.
作為包含二苯基碸基的酸酐,例如可列舉:二苯基碸-3,3',4,4'-四羧酸二酐(diphenyl sulfone-3,3',4,4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride,DSDA)、二苯基碸-2,3,3',4'-四羧酸二酐、二苯基碸-2,2',3',3'-四羧酸二酐、4,4'-[對磺醯基雙(伸苯基硫基)]二鄰苯二甲酸酐、4,4'-[間磺醯基雙(伸苯基硫基)]二鄰苯二甲酸酐等。Examples of the acid anhydride containing a diphenylfluorenyl group include diphenylsulfo-3,3 ', 4,4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (diphenyl sulfone-3,3', 4,4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride). , DSDA), diphenylfluorene-2,3,3 ', 4'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, diphenylfluorene-2,2', 3 ', 3'-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4 '-[P-sulfofluorenylbis (phenylenethio)] diphthalic anhydride, 4,4'-[m-sulfofluorenylbis (phenylenethio)] diphthalic anhydride, and the like.
作為包含二苯基碸基的二胺,例如可列舉:雙{4-(4-胺基苯氧基苯基)}碸、雙{4-(3-胺基苯氧基苯基)}碸、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3'-二胺基二苯基碸等。作為包含二苯基碸基的四胺,例如可列舉3,3',4,4'-四胺基二苯基碸。Examples of the diamine containing a diphenylfluorenyl group include bis {4- (4-aminophenoxyphenyl)} 碸, bis {4- (3-aminophenoxyphenyl)} 碸, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylphosphonium, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylphosphonium and the like. Examples of the tetraamine containing a diphenylphosphonium group include 3,3 ', 4,4'-tetraaminodiphenylphosphonium.
另外,聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的通式(2)所表示的結構單元的一部分可醯亞胺化。藉由使聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的一部分醯亞胺化,可提高樹脂溶液的室溫保管時的黏度穩定性。作為聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的醯亞胺化率的範圍,就於溶液中的溶解性與黏度穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為1%~50%。In addition, a part of the structural unit represented by the general formula (2) of the polyfluorene imide precursor (A) may be fluorinated. By imidizing a part of the polyfluorene imine precursor (A), the viscosity stability of the resin solution during storage at room temperature can be improved. The range of the fluorene imidization rate of the polyfluorene imine precursor (A) is preferably from 1% to 50% from the viewpoint of solubility and viscosity stability in a solution.
具體而言,作為聚醯亞胺前驅物(A),例如可列舉具有通式(26)、通式(27)及通式(28)所表示的重覆單元的樹脂。Specifically, as a polyimide precursor (A), the resin which has the repeating unit represented by General formula (26), General formula (27), and General formula (28) is mentioned, for example.
[化14] [Chemical 14]
通式(26)~通式(28)中,R12 表示二價有機基,R13 表示四價有機基。W1 及W2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、碳數1~10的一價有機基或碳數1~10的一價烷基矽烷基。In the general formulae (26) to (28), R 12 represents a divalent organic group, and R 13 represents a tetravalent organic group. W 1 and W 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a monovalent organic group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a monovalent alkylsilyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
將聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)中的、通式(26)、通式(27)及通式(28)所表示的重覆單元的數量分別設為p、q、r。p表示1以上的整數。q及r分別獨立地表示0或1以上的整數。且,p、q及r較佳為滿足1%≦(2r+q)×100/(2p+2q+2r)≦50%的關係。p、q及r較佳為滿足1%≦(2r+q)×100/(2p+2q+2r)≦50%的關係,更理想的是2%≦(2r+q)×100/(2p+2q+2r)≦30%的關係。In the polyfluorene imine precursor (A), the number of the repeating units represented by the general formula (26), the general formula (27), and the general formula (28) is p, q, and r, respectively. p represents an integer of 1 or more. q and r each independently represent an integer of 0 or 1 or more. In addition, it is preferable that p, q, and r satisfy a relationship of 1% ≦ (2r + q) × 100 / (2p + 2q + 2r) ≦ 50%. p, q, and r preferably satisfy the relationship of 1% ≦ (2r + q) × 100 / (2p + 2q + 2r) ≦ 50%, and more preferably 2% ≦ (2r + q) × 100 / (2p + 2q + 2r) ≦ 30%.
此處,「(2r+q)×100/(2p+2q+2r)」表示於特定聚醯亞胺前驅物的鍵結部(四羧酸二酐與二胺化合物的反應部)中,進行醯亞胺閉環的鍵結部數量(2r+q)相對於所有鍵結部數量(2p+2q+2r)的比例。即,「(2r+q)×100/(2p+2q+2r)」表示特定的聚醯亞胺前驅物的醯亞胺化率。Here, “(2r + q) × 100 / (2p + 2q + 2r)” is expressed in a bonding portion (a reaction portion between a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and a diamine compound) of a specific polyimide precursor, and The ratio of the number of bonded portions (2r + q) to the total number of bonded portions (2p + 2q + 2r). That is, "(2r + q) * 100 / (2p + 2q + 2r)" shows the fluorination rate of a specific polyfluorene imide precursor.
而且,藉由將聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的醯亞胺化率(「(2r+q)×100/(2p+2q+2r)」的值)設為1%~50%、更理想的是2%~30%,可不使聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)於溶液中的溶解性惡化地提高黏度穩定性。In addition, by setting the polyimide precursor (A) 's phosphonium imidization rate ("(2r + q) × 100 / (2p + 2q + 2r)") to 1% to 50%, more Ideally, it is 2% to 30%, and viscosity stability can be improved without deteriorating the solubility of the polyfluorene imine precursor (A) in the solution.
聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的醯亞胺化率(「(2r+q)×100/(2p+2q+2r)」的值)是利用以下方法測定。The fluorene imidation ratio ("(2r + q) × 100 / (2p + 2q + 2r)" value) of the polyfluorene imine precursor (A) was measured by the following method.
(聚醯亞胺前驅物的醯亞胺化率的測定) 首先,製作聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的試樣。具體而言,作為第1階段,於矽晶圓上以膜厚為1 μm以上且10 μm以下的範圍塗佈成為測定對象的聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的組成物,製作塗膜試樣。(Measurement of the fluorene imidation ratio of the polyfluorene imide precursor) First, a sample of the polyfluorene imine precursor (A) is prepared. Specifically, as the first step, a composition of a polyimide precursor (A) to be measured is applied on a silicon wafer in a range of a film thickness of 1 μm or more and 10 μm or less to prepare a coating film test. kind.
繼而,作為第2階段,將塗膜試樣於四氫呋喃(tetrahydrofuran,THF)中浸漬20分鐘,從而將塗膜試樣中的溶劑置換為四氫呋喃(THF)。進行浸漬的溶媒並不限定於THF,可自並不溶解聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)且可與聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的組成物中所含的溶媒成分混合的溶劑中選擇。具體而言,可使用甲醇、乙醇等醇溶媒、二噁烷等醚化合物。Next, as a second stage, the coating film sample was immersed in tetrahydrofuran (THF) for 20 minutes, and the solvent in the coating film sample was replaced with tetrahydrofuran (THF). The solvent to be impregnated is not limited to THF, and can be selected from solvents which do not dissolve the polyimide precursor (A) and which can be mixed with a solvent component contained in the composition of the polyimide precursor (A). . Specifically, alcohol solvents such as methanol and ethanol, and ether compounds such as dioxane can be used.
繼而,作為第3階段,將塗膜試樣自THF中取出,對附著於塗膜試樣表面的THF吹附N2 氣體並加以除去。於10 mmHg以下的減壓下、5℃以上且25℃以下的範圍內處理12小時以上而使塗膜試樣乾燥,製作聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的試樣(以下,適宜略記為聚醯亞胺前驅物試樣)。Then, as a third stage, the coating film sample was taken out of the THF, and N 2 gas was blown on and removed from the THF adhering to the surface of the coating film sample. The coating film sample is dried under a reduced pressure of 10 mmHg or lower for 5 hours or more and 25 ° C or less for 12 hours to prepare a sample of polyimide precursor (A) (hereinafter, it is appropriately referred to as Polyimide precursor sample).
其次,製作100%醯亞胺化標準試樣。具體而言,作為緊接所述第3階段的第4階段,與所述第1階段的情況同樣地於矽晶圓上塗佈成為測定對象的聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的組成物,製作塗膜試樣。繼而,作為第5階段,於380℃下將塗膜試樣加熱60分鐘而進行醯亞胺化反應,製作100%醯亞胺化標準試樣。Next, a 100% ammonium imidization standard sample was made. Specifically, as the fourth stage immediately after the third stage, the composition of the polyimide precursor (A) to be measured is coated on a silicon wafer in the same manner as in the first stage. , Making coating film samples. Next, as a fifth step, the coating film sample was heated at 380 ° C. for 60 minutes to perform a fluorenimidization reaction to prepare a 100% fluorinated imidization standard sample.
其次,進行聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的醯亞胺化率的測定及分析。具體而言,作為緊接所述第5階段的第6階段,使用傅立葉(Fourier)轉換紅外分光光度計(堀場製作所製造的FT-730)測定100%醯亞胺化標準試樣、聚醯亞胺前驅物試樣的紅外吸光光譜。求出100%醯亞胺化標準試樣的相對於1500 cm-1 附近的源自芳香環的吸光峰值(Ab'(1500 cm-1 ))的、1780 cm-1 附近的源自醯亞胺鍵的吸光峰值(Ab'(1780 cm-1 ))的比I'(100)。Next, the determination and analysis of the fluorene imidization rate of the polyfluorene imine precursor (A) was performed. Specifically, as the sixth stage immediately after the fifth stage, a Fourier conversion infrared spectrophotometer (FT-730 manufactured by Horiba, Ltd.) was used to measure 100% fluorenimide standard samples, polyfluorene Infrared absorption spectrum of an amine precursor sample. (PEI) is obtained with 100% of the standard sample for the light absorption peak derived from aromatic ring -1 vicinity of 1500 cm (Ab '(1500 cm -1)) of, 1780 cm -1 originating from nearby (PEI) The ratio of the absorption peak (Ab '(1780 cm -1 )) of the bond to I' (100).
繼而,作為第7階段,與所述第6階段的情況同樣地對聚醯亞胺前驅物試樣進行測定,求出相對於1500 cm-1 附近的源自芳香環的吸光峰值(Ab(1500 cm-1 ))的、1780 cm-1 附近的源自醯亞胺鍵的吸光峰值(Ab(1780 cm-1 ))的比I(x)。Then, as the first stage 7, where the same manner as the sixth stage of the polyimide precursor sample was measured with respect to obtaining a light absorption peak derived from an aromatic ring in the vicinity of 1500 cm -1 (Ab (1500 cm & lt -1)) of, 1780 cm light absorption peak (Ab (1780 cm -1)) originating from the vicinity of -1 acyl imine bond ratio I (x).
而且,使用所測定的各吸光峰值的比I'(100)、比I(x)並基於下述第1式~第3式各式來算出聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的醯亞胺化率。 第1式: 聚醯亞胺前驅物的醯亞胺化率(%)=I(x)×100/I'(100) 第2式: I'(100)=(Ab'(1780 cm-1 ))/(Ab'(1500 cm-1 )) 第3式: I(x)=(Ab(1780 cm-1 ))/(Ab(1500 cm-1 ))Then, based on the measured ratios I '(100) and ratios I (x) of the respective absorbance peaks, based on each of the following formulae 1 to 3, the imine of the polyimide precursor (A) was calculated.化 率。 The rate. Formula 1: Polyimide precursor imidization ratio (%) = I (x) × 100 / I '(100) Formula 2: I' (100) = (Ab '(1780 cm -1) )) / (Ab '(1500 cm -1 )) Formula 3: I (x) = (Ab (1780 cm -1 )) / (Ab (1500 cm -1 ))
聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為10,000~1,000,000,更佳為10,000~500,000,進而佳為20,000~400,000。聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的數量平均分子量(Mn)為5,000~1,000,000,較佳為5,000~500,000,特佳為15,000~300,000。於聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量為所述範圍內的情況下,可不使所獲得的塗膜的平坦性惡化地提高固化後所獲得的膜的強度。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyimide precursor (A) is preferably 10,000 to 1,000,000, more preferably 10,000 to 500,000, and even more preferably 20,000 to 400,000. The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the polyimide precursor (A) is 5,000 to 1,000,000, preferably 5,000 to 500,000, and particularly preferably 15,000 to 300,000. When the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight of the polyimide precursor (A) are within the above-mentioned ranges, the strength of the film obtained after curing can be increased without deteriorating the flatness of the obtained coating film.
再者,重量平均分子量、數量平均分子量及分子量分佈是使用東曹(TOSOH)製造的DP-8020型GPC裝置(保護管柱:TSK guard colomn ALPHA 管柱:TSK-GEL α-M、展開溶劑:N,N'-二甲基乙醯胺(N,N'-dimethyl acetamide,DMAc)、添加0.05M-LiCl、0.05%磷酸)來測定的值。The weight-average molecular weight, number-average molecular weight, and molecular weight distribution were measured using a DP-8020 GPC device (protection column: TSK guard colomn ALPHA column: TSK-GEL α-M, developing solvent) manufactured by Tosoh. N, N'-dimethyl acetamide (N, N'-dimethyl acetamide, DMAc), 0.05M-LiCl, 0.05% phosphoric acid) was added to determine the value.
為了將分子量調整為較佳的範圍,聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)亦可利用封端劑將末端密封。作為與聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)中的酸二酐反應的封端劑,可列舉單胺或一元醇等。另外,作為與聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)中的二胺化合物反應的封端劑,可列舉:酸酐、單羧酸、單醯氯化合物、單活性酯化合物、二碳酸酯類、乙烯基醚類等。另外,藉由使封端劑反應,可導入各種有機基作為末端基。In order to adjust the molecular weight to a preferable range, the polyfluorene imide precursor (A) may also be used to seal the ends with a capping agent. Examples of the terminal blocking agent that reacts with the acid dianhydride in the polyfluorene imine precursor (A) include a monoamine, a monohydric alcohol, and the like. Examples of the blocking agent that reacts with the diamine compound in the polyfluorene imide precursor (A) include acid anhydrides, monocarboxylic acids, monofluorene compounds, monoactive ester compounds, dicarbonates, and vinyl groups. Ethers, etc. In addition, by reacting the blocking agent, various organic groups can be introduced as terminal groups.
作為酸酐基末端的密封劑中所使用的單胺,可列舉:5-胺基-8-羥基喹啉、4-胺基-8-羥基喹啉、1-羥基-8-胺基萘、1-羥基-7-胺基萘、1-羥基-6-胺基萘等,但並不限定於該些。Examples of the monoamine used in the acid-anhydride-terminated sealant include 5-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 4-amino-8-hydroxyquinoline, 1-hydroxy-8-aminonaphthalene, 1 -Hydroxy-7-aminonaphthalene, 1-hydroxy-6-aminonaphthalene, and the like are not limited thereto.
作為酸酐基末端的密封劑而使用的一元醇可列舉:甲醇、乙醇、1-丙醇、2-丙醇、1-丁醇、2-丁醇、1-戊醇、2-戊醇、3-戊醇、1-己醇、2-己醇、3-己醇等,但並不限定於該些。Examples of the monohydric alcohol used as the sealant of the acid anhydride group terminal include methanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 2-butanol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 3 -Pentanol, 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 3-hexanol, etc., but it is not limited to these.
作為胺基末端的密封劑而使用的酸酐、單羧酸、單醯氯化合物及單活性酯化合物,可列舉:鄰苯二甲酸酐、馬來酸酐、耐地酸酐、環己烷二羧酸酐、2-羧基苯酚、3-羧基苯酚、4-羧基苯酚、2-羧基苯硫酚等單羧酸類及該些的羧基進行醯氯化而成的單醯氯化合物,及對苯二甲酸、鄰苯二甲酸、馬來酸、環己烷二羧酸、3-羥基鄰苯二甲酸等二羧酸類的僅單羧基進行醯氯化而成的單醯氯化合物,藉由單醯氯化合物與N-羥基苯并三唑或N-羥基-5-降冰片烯-2,3-二羧基醯亞胺的反應而獲得的活性酯化合物。Examples of the acid anhydride, monocarboxylic acid, monochloro compound, and monoactive ester compound used as the sealant for the amine group include phthalic anhydride, maleic anhydride, terradic anhydride, cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, Monocarboxylic acids such as 2-carboxyphenol, 3-carboxyphenol, 4-carboxyphenol, 2-carboxythiophenol, and the like are chlorinated by chlorination of these carboxyl groups, and terephthalic acid and orthobenzene Dicarboxylic acids such as dicarboxylic acid, maleic acid, cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, and 3-hydroxyphthalic acid are monochloride compounds obtained by sulfonation of only monocarboxyl groups. An active ester compound obtained by the reaction of hydroxybenzotriazole or N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxyfluorene imine.
作為胺基末端的密封劑而使用的二碳酸酯化合物可列舉:二碳酸二-第三丁酯、二碳酸二苄酯、二碳酸二甲酯、二碳酸二乙酯。作為胺基末端的密封劑而使用的乙烯基醚化合物可列舉:氯甲酸-第三丁酯、氯甲酸正丁酯、氯甲酸異丁酯、氯甲酸苄酯等氯甲酸酯類,異氰酸丁酯、異氰酸1-萘酯等異氰酸酯化合物類,丁基乙烯基醚、環己基乙烯基醚、乙基乙烯基醚等。Examples of the dicarbonate compound used as the sealant at the amine end include di-tertiary butyl dicarbonate, dibenzyl dicarbonate, dimethyl dicarbonate, and diethyl dicarbonate. Examples of the vinyl ether compound used as the sealant at the amine end include chloroformates such as tertiary chloroformate, n-butyl chloroformate, isobutyl chloroformate, benzyl chloroformate, and isocyanate. Isocyanate compounds such as butyl ester and 1-naphthyl isocyanate; butyl vinyl ether, cyclohexyl vinyl ether, ethyl vinyl ether, and the like.
作為胺基末端的密封劑而使用的其他化合物可列舉:氯甲酸苄酯、苯甲醯氯、氯甲酸茀基甲酯、氯甲酸2,2,2-三氯乙酯、氯甲酸烯丙酯、甲烷磺醯氯、對甲苯磺醯氯、苯基異氰酸酯等。Examples of other compounds used as the sealant at the amine end include benzyl chloroformate, benzamidine chloride, fluorenyl methyl chloroformate, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl chloroformate, and allyl chloroformate. , Methanesulfonyl chloride, p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, phenyl isocyanate, etc.
相對於酸二酐成分,酸酐基末端的密封劑的導入比例較佳為0.1莫耳%~60莫耳%的範圍,特佳為5莫耳%~50莫耳%。另外,相對於二胺成分,胺基末端的密封劑的導入比例較佳為0.1莫耳%~100莫耳%的範圍,更佳為0.5莫耳%~80莫耳%,特佳為1莫耳%~60莫耳%。亦可藉由使多種封端劑反應而導入多種不同的末端基。With respect to the acid dianhydride component, the introduction ratio of the sealant at the end of the acid anhydride group is preferably in the range of 0.1 mol% to 60 mol%, and particularly preferably 5 mol% to 50 mol%. In addition, the introduction ratio of the amine-terminated sealant to the diamine component is preferably in the range of 0.1 mol% to 100 mol%, more preferably 0.5 mol% to 80 mol%, particularly preferably 1 mol. Ear% to 60 mole%. It is also possible to introduce a plurality of different terminal groups by reacting a plurality of end-capping agents.
導入至聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)中的封端劑可利用以下方法來容易地檢測。例如將導入有封端劑的聚合物溶解於酸性溶液中,分解成作為聚合物的構成單元的胺成分與酸酐成分,對其使用氣相層析(Gas Chromatography,GC)、或進行核磁共振(Nuclear Magnetic Resonance,NMR)測定,藉此可容易地檢測到封端劑。除此以外,亦可對導入有封端劑的聚合物直接進行熱分解氣相層析(Pyrolysis Gas Chromatography,PGC)或紅外光譜及13 C NMR光譜測定,藉此容易地檢測到。The capping agent introduced into the polyfluorene imine precursor (A) can be easily detected by the following method. For example, a polymer introduced with a capping agent is dissolved in an acidic solution and decomposed into an amine component and an acid anhydride component as constituent units of the polymer, and gas chromatography (GC) or nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) is performed on the polymer. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) measurement, whereby the blocking agent can be easily detected. In addition, the polymer in which the end-capping agent is introduced can be easily detected by directly performing thermal decomposition gas chromatography (PGC) or infrared spectrum and 13 C NMR spectrum measurement.
<溶媒> 本發明的實施形體的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物包含所述聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)、以及溶媒(B)。溶媒(B)包含分別為一種以上的SP值為7.7以上且9.0以下的溶媒(B1)、以及SP值大於9.0且為12.5以下的溶媒(B2)。<Solvent> The polyimide precursor resin composition of the embodiment of the present invention includes the polyimide precursor (A) and a solvent (B). The solvent (B) includes one or more solvents (B1) having an SP value of 7.7 or more and 9.0 or less, and a solvent (B2) having an SP value of more than 9.0 and 12.5 or less.
此處,所謂SP值,為亦被稱為溶解參數的成為溶解性及相容性的指標的參數。通常存在根據蒸發熱等物性算出溶解度參數的值的方法、以及根據分子結構推算溶解度參數的值的方法。此處,是使用基於「高分子工程與科學(Polymer Engineering And Science,Polym.Eng.Sci.)」(14(2),147-154(1974))中所記載的、費多爾(Fedors)方法並根據分子結構算出的值,其單位使用(cal/cm3 )1/2 。Here, the SP value is a parameter which is also called an solubility parameter and is an index of solubility and compatibility. There are generally a method of calculating a value of a solubility parameter based on physical properties such as heat of evaporation, and a method of estimating a value of a solubility parameter based on a molecular structure. Here, Fedors based on "Polymer Engineering And Science (Polym. Eng. Sci.)" (14 (2), 147-154 (1974)) are used. Method and the value calculated based on the molecular structure, the unit is (cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 .
聚醯亞胺前軀物(A)具有通式(2)所表示的結構單元,且其一部分包含通式(1)所表示的結構。包含通式(1)的結構的聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的結構單元的SP值約為8.0,並不包含通式(1)的聚醯亞胺前驅物結構單元的SP值約為11.0。根據該情況,藉由溶媒(B)包含分別為至少一種以上的所述溶媒(B1)、溶媒(B2),可並不產生渾濁地使聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物溶解於溶媒(B)中。The polyimide precursor (A) has a structural unit represented by the general formula (2), and a part thereof includes a structure represented by the general formula (1). The SP value of the structural unit of the polyfluorene imide precursor (A) containing the structure of the general formula (1) is about 8.0, and the SP value of the structural unit of the polyfluorene imide precursor not containing the general formula (1) is about 8.0 11.0. In this case, when the solvent (B) contains at least one or more of the solvent (B1) and the solvent (B2), the polyimide precursor resin composition can be dissolved in the solvent (B) without turbidity. )in.
作為溶媒(B1),例如可列舉:3-甲氧基-3-甲基-1-丁基乙酸酯(MMBAc(3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate),SP值:8.85)、二丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯(DPMA(dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate),SP值:8.99)、二丙二醇二甲醚(DMM(dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether),SP值:7.88)、N,N-二甲基異丁基醯胺(DMIB(N,N-dimethyl isobutyl amide),SP值:8.81)等。Examples of the solvent (B1) include 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate (MMBAc (3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate), SP value: 8.85) 1, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate (DPMA, SP value: 8.99), dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether (DMM, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, SP value: 7.88), N, N-dimethylformaldehyde DMIB (N, N-dimethyl isobutyl amide, SP value: 8.81), etc.
作為溶媒(B2),例如可列舉:γ-丁內酯(GBL(γ-butyrolactone),SP值:10.52)、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP,SP值:10.05)、環己酮(SP值:9.80)、丙二醇單甲醚(PGME(propylene glycol monomethyl ether),SP值:11.27)、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA(propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate),SP值:9.11)、二甲基乙醯胺(DMAc,SP值:9.13)、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮(DMI(1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone),SP值:9.70)、二乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯(BDGAc(diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate),SP值:9.19)等。Examples of the solvent (B2) include γ-butyrolactone (GBL (γ-butyrolactone), SP value: 10.52), N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP, SP value: 10.05), and cyclohexanone Ketone (SP value: 9.80), propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME, SP value: 11.27), propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, SP value: 9.11), Dimethylacetamide (DMAc, SP value: 9.13), 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone (DMI (1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone), SP value: 9.70), diethyl Diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate (BDGAc, SP value: 9.19), etc.
藉由聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物包含分別為一種以上的所述溶媒(B1)、溶媒(B2)作為溶媒(B),而利用狹縫的塗佈性良好,且可抑制所獲得的聚醯亞胺膜的白濁、殘留應力。Since the polyimide precursor resin composition contains one or more of the solvent (B1) and the solvent (B2) as the solvent (B), the coating property using the slit is good, and the obtained Cloudiness and residual stress of polyimide film.
本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物中所含的所有溶媒(B)中,於將溶媒(B)整體的量設為100質量%的情況下,較佳為包含5質量%~40質量%的SP值為7.7以上且9.0以下的溶媒(B1),且包含60質量%~95質量%的SP值大於9.0且為12.5以下的溶媒(B2)。另外,就減低固化膜的霧度的觀點而言,更佳為溶媒(B)包含15質量%~35質量%的溶媒(B1)、且包含65質量%~85質量%的溶媒(B2)。Of all the solvents (B) contained in the polyfluorene imide precursor resin composition according to the embodiment of the present invention, when the total amount of the solvent (B) is 100% by mass, it is preferable to include 5% by mass. % To 40% by mass of the solvent (B1) having an SP value of 7.7 or more and 9.0 or less, and 60% to 95% by mass of the solvent (B2) having an SP value of more than 9.0 and 12.5 or less. Moreover, from a viewpoint of reducing the haze of a cured film, it is more preferable that the solvent (B) contains 15 mass%-35 mass% of the solvent (B1) and 65 mass%-85 mass% of the solvent (B2).
關於本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物,於將溶媒(B)整體的量設為100質量%的情況下,較佳為於所有溶媒(B)中包含70質量%~100質量%的20℃下的蒸氣壓為10 Pa以上且100 Pa以下的溶媒,進而佳為包含80質量%~100質量%。藉由在所有溶媒(B)中包含70質量%~100質量%的20℃下的蒸氣壓為100 Pa以下的溶媒,溶媒(B)的揮發得到抑制,因此於進行狹縫塗佈時,可抑制金屬口的塗出部附近產生的清漆的固化,可抑制塗佈膜中產生的條紋不均等塗佈不均。進而,藉由在所有溶媒(B)中包含70質量%~100質量%的20℃下的蒸氣壓為10 Pa以上的溶媒,於塗佈膜的乾燥步驟中可自塗佈膜整體均勻地去除溶媒(B)。因此,可提高乾燥後所獲得的膜的膜厚均勻性並抑制所獲得的膜的霧度。Regarding the polyfluorene imide precursor resin composition according to the embodiment of the present invention, when the entire amount of the solvent (B) is 100% by mass, it is preferable that 70% by mass to all solvents (B) be contained. 100% by mass of the solvent having a vapor pressure at 20 ° C. of 10 Pa or more and 100 Pa or less, and more preferably 80 to 100% by mass. By including 70% to 100% by mass of all the solvents (B), the solvent having a vapor pressure of 100 Pa or less at 20 ° C can suppress the evaporation of the solvent (B). It is possible to suppress curing of the varnish generated in the vicinity of the coating portion of the metal port, and to suppress uneven coating and uneven coating such as streaks generated in the coating film. Furthermore, by including 70% to 100% by mass of all the solvents (B), a solvent having a vapor pressure of 10 Pa or more at 20 ° C can be uniformly removed from the entire coating film in the drying step of the coating film. Solvent (B). Therefore, it is possible to improve the film thickness uniformity of the film obtained after drying and suppress the haze of the film obtained.
作為20℃下的蒸氣壓為10 Pa以上且100 Pa以下的溶媒的例子,例如可列舉:NMP(39 Pa)、DMI(100 Pa)、MMBAc(53 Pa)、DMM(80 Pa)、MMB(66 Pa)、二乙二醇單甲醚(20 Pa)、二乙二醇單乙醚(60 Pa)、二丙二醇二甲醚(70 Pa)等。Examples of the solvent having a vapor pressure of 10 Pa to 100 Pa at 20 ° C include NMP (39 Pa), DMI (100 Pa), MMBAc (53 Pa), DMM (80 Pa), and MMB ( 66 Pa), diethylene glycol monomethyl ether (20 Pa), diethylene glycol monoethyl ether (60 Pa), dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether (70 Pa), etc.
本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物中所含的所有溶媒(B)中、20℃下的蒸氣壓最高的溶媒與最低的溶媒的蒸氣壓的差較佳為100 Pa以下,進而佳為50 Pa以下。該情況下,可防止引起如下現象:於自塗佈膜去除溶媒(B)的步驟中,先僅去除某特定的溶媒而塗佈膜中的溶媒組成偏聚。藉此,結果可抑制固化膜的霧度上升。另外,本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物亦可於並不妨礙本發明的效果的範圍內包含所述以外的溶媒。Among all the solvents (B) contained in the polyimide precursor resin composition according to the embodiment of the present invention, the difference between the vapor pressure of the solvent having the highest vapor pressure and the lowest solvent at 20 ° C. is preferably 100 Pa or less. It is further preferably 50 Pa or less. In this case, it is possible to prevent a phenomenon that, in the step of removing the solvent (B) from the coating film, only a specific solvent is removed first and the solvent composition in the coating film is partially polymerized. As a result, the increase in the haze of the cured film can be suppressed as a result. In addition, the polyimide precursor resin composition according to the embodiment of the present invention may include solvents other than those described above within a range that does not prevent the effect of the present invention.
<聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物的濃度及黏度> 本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物的黏度雖亦取決於聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的分子量或濃度,但通常為500 mPa·s~10,000 mPa·s,較佳為1,000 mPa·s~6,000 mPa·s。於聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物的黏度處於所述範圍的情況下,成膜中的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物的滯留性優異,可獲得膜厚均勻性優異的塗佈膜。再者,本發明中,聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物的黏度是使用E型黏度劑(東機產業公司製造,黏度計MODEL RE100)於大氣中、25℃下測定而得的值。<Concentration and viscosity of polyimide precursor resin composition> Although the viscosity of the polyimide precursor resin composition according to the embodiment of the present invention depends on the molecular weight or concentration of the polyimide precursor (A), However, it is usually 500 mPa · s to 10,000 mPa · s, and preferably 1,000 mPa · s to 6,000 mPa · s. In the case where the viscosity of the polyimide precursor resin composition is within the above range, the polyimide precursor resin composition in the film formation is excellent in retention property, and a coating film having excellent film thickness uniformity can be obtained. In the present invention, the viscosity of the polyimide precursor resin composition is a value measured at 25 ° C in the air using an E-type viscosity agent (manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd., a viscosity meter MODEL RE100).
本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物中的聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的濃度較佳為以聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物的黏度為所述範圍的方式進行調整,雖亦取決於聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的分子量,但較佳為3質量%~30質量%,更佳為5質量%~25質量%,特佳為10質量%~20質量%。於聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物中的聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的濃度處於所述範圍的情況下,能夠實現薄膜化與厚膜化兩者,藉此難以產生針孔而可形成表面平滑性優異的膜。It is preferable that the density | concentration of the polyfluorene imide precursor (A) in the polyfluorene imide precursor resin composition of embodiment of this invention is performed so that the viscosity of a polyfluorene imide precursor resin composition may become the said range. The adjustment depends on the molecular weight of the polyimide precursor (A), but it is preferably 3% to 30% by mass, more preferably 5% to 25% by mass, and particularly preferably 10% to 20% by mass. %. When the concentration of the polyimide precursor (A) in the polyimide precursor resin composition is within the above-mentioned range, both thinning and thickening can be achieved, thereby making it difficult to generate pinholes and making it possible to A film having excellent surface smoothness is formed.
<其他> 本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物較佳為含有醯亞胺化促進劑。例如,藉由在使聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)聚合時添加醯亞胺化促進劑,可提高聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的醯亞胺化率。另外,可催化固化中的熱醯亞胺化反應而提高固化後所獲得的聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物的斷裂伸長度。此處所述的醯亞胺化促進劑為具有提高親核性、親電子性的作用的化合物,具體而言可列舉:三甲基胺、三乙基胺、三丙基胺、三丁基胺等三級胺化合物、4-羥基苯基乙酸、3-羥基苯甲酸等羧酸化合物、3,5-二羥基苯乙酮、3,5-二羥基苯甲酸甲酯等多元酚化合物、吡啶、喹啉、異喹啉、咪唑、苯并咪唑、2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑、1,2,4-三唑等雜環化合物等。相對於聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的100重量份而較佳為含有0.1重量份~5重量份的醯亞胺化促進劑,更佳為含有0.1重量份~3重量份,特佳為含有0.3重量份~3重量份。藉由在所述範圍內含有醯亞胺化促進劑,可不使霧度、透過率等色調或高溫區域中的脫氣體性惡化地提高聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物的斷裂伸長度。<Others> The polyfluorene imide precursor resin composition according to the embodiment of the present invention preferably contains a fluorene imine accelerator. For example, by adding a fluorene imidation accelerator when polymerizing the polyfluorene imine precursor (A), the fluorene imidization rate of the polyfluorene imine precursor (A) can be increased. In addition, it is possible to catalyze a thermal ammonium imidization reaction during curing to increase the elongation at break of the polyimide resin composition obtained after curing. The hydrazone imidization accelerator described herein is a compound having an effect of improving nucleophilicity and electrophilicity, and specific examples thereof include trimethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, and tributyl. Tertiary amine compounds such as amines, carboxylic acid compounds such as 4-hydroxyphenylacetic acid, 3-hydroxybenzoic acid, polyphenol compounds such as 3,5-dihydroxyacetophenone, methyl 3,5-dihydroxybenzoate, and pyridine , Quinoline, isoquinoline, imidazole, benzimidazole, 2-ethyl-4-methylimidazole, 1,2,4-triazole and other heterocyclic compounds. It is preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the polyimide precursor (A), more preferably 0.1 to 3 parts by weight, and particularly preferably Contains 0.3 to 3 parts by weight. By containing a fluorene imidization accelerator in the said range, the elongation at break of a polyfluorene imide resin composition can be improved, without deteriorating color tone, such as haze and transmittance, or degassing property in a high temperature region.
本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物亦可含有界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,可列舉:弗拉德(Fluorad)(商品名,住友3M公司製造)、美佳法(Megafac)(商品名,迪愛生(DIC)公司製造)、薩弗隆(Sulfuron)(商品名,旭硝子公司製造)等氟系界面活性劑。另外,可列舉:KP341(商品名,信越化學工業公司製造)、DBE(商品名,智索(Chisso)公司製造)、波利弗洛(Polyflow)、格拉諾(Glanol)(商品名,共榮社化學公司製造)、畢克(BYK)(畢克化學(BYK Chemie)公司製造)等有機矽氧烷界面活性劑。可列舉:艾馬爾明(Emulmin)(三洋化成工業公司製造)等聚氧伸烷基月桂基醚、聚氧伸乙基月桂基醚、聚氧伸乙基油烯基醚及聚氧伸乙基鯨蠟基醚界面活性劑。進而可列舉波利弗洛(Polyflow)(商品名,共榮社化學公司製造)等丙烯酸聚合物界面活性劑。相對於聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物的100重量份,較佳為含有0.001重量份~1重量份的此種界面活性劑。The polyimide precursor resin composition according to the embodiment of the present invention may contain a surfactant. Examples of the surfactant include Fluorad (trade name, manufactured by Sumitomo 3M), Megafac (trade name, manufactured by DIC), and Sulfuron (commodity Name, manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) and other fluorine-based surfactants. In addition, KP341 (trade name, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), DBE (trade name, manufactured by Chisso), Polyflow, Glano (trade name, co-prosperity) Co., Ltd.), BYK (BYK Chemie) and other organosiloxane surfactants. Examples: Emulmin (manufactured by Sanyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and other polyoxyalkylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethyl lauryl ether, polyoxyethyl oleyl alkenyl ether, and polyoxyethylene Cetyl ether surfactant. Furthermore, acrylic polymer surfactants such as Polyflow (trade name, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) can be cited. The surfactant is preferably contained in an amount of 0.001 to 1 part by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the polyfluorene imide precursor resin composition.
本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物亦可含有內部脫模劑。作為內部脫模劑,可列舉硬脂酸或月桂酸等長鏈脂肪酸等。The polyimide precursor resin composition according to the embodiment of the present invention may contain an internal mold release agent. Examples of the internal mold release agent include long-chain fatty acids such as stearic acid and lauric acid.
本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物亦可含有熱交聯劑。作為熱交聯劑,較佳為環氧化合物或具有至少兩個烷氧基甲基或羥甲基的化合物。藉由具有至少兩個該些基,與樹脂及同種分子進行縮合反應而形成交聯結構體,可提高加熱處理後的硬化膜的機械強度或耐化學品性。The polyimide precursor resin composition according to the embodiment of the present invention may contain a thermal crosslinking agent. As the thermal crosslinking agent, an epoxy compound or a compound having at least two alkoxymethyl or methylol groups is preferable. By having at least two of these groups, a condensation reaction with a resin and the same molecule to form a crosslinked structure can improve the mechanical strength or chemical resistance of the cured film after heat treatment.
作為環氧化合物的較佳例,例如可列舉:雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、聚丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、聚甲基(縮水甘油氧基丙基)、矽氧烷等含有環氧基的矽酮等,但本發明並不限定於該些任一者。具體而言可列舉:艾比克隆(Epiclon)850-S、艾比克隆(Epiclon)HP-4032、艾比克隆(Epiclon)HP-7200、艾比克隆(Epiclon)HP-820、艾比克隆(Epiclon)HP-4700、艾比克隆(Epiclon)EXA-4710、艾比克隆(Epiclon)HP-4770、艾比克隆(Epiclon)EXA-859CRP、艾比克隆(Epiclon)EXA-1514、艾比克隆(Epiclon)EXA-4880、艾比克隆(Epiclon)EXA-4850-150、艾比克隆(Epiclon)EXA-4850-1000、艾比克隆(Epiclon)EXA-4816、艾比克隆(Epiclon)EXA-4822(以上為商品名,大日本油墨化學工業公司製造),理化樹脂(Rikaresin)BEO-60E、理化樹脂(Rikaresin)BPO-20E、理化樹脂(Rikaresin)HBE-100、理化樹脂(Rikaresin)DME-100(以上為商品名,新日本理化公司製造),EP-4003S、EP-4000S(以上為商品名,艾迪科(ADEKA)公司製造),PG-100、CG-500、EG-200(以上為商品名,大阪燃氣化學(Osaka Gas Chemicals)公司製造),NC-3000、NC-6000(以上為商品名,日本化藥公司製造),EPOX-MK·R508、EPOX-MK·R540、EPOX-MK·R710、EPOX-MK·R1710、VG3101L、VG3101M80(以上為商品名,普林泰科(Printec)公司製造),賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P、賽羅西德(Celloxide)2081、賽羅西德(Celloxide)2083、賽羅西德(Celloxide)2085(以上為商品名,大賽璐(Daicel)化學工業公司製造)等。Preferred examples of the epoxy compound include bisphenol A epoxy resin, bisphenol F epoxy resin, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, and polymethyl (glycidyloxy group). Epoxy group-containing silicones such as propyl) and siloxane, but the present invention is not limited to any of them. Specific examples include: Epiclon 850-S, Epiclon HP-4032, Epiclon HP-7200, Epiclon HP-820, and Epiclon ( Epiclon) HP-4700, Epiclon EXA-4710, Epiclon HP-4770, Epiclon EXA-859CRP, Epiclon EXA-1514, Epiclon ( Epiclon) EXA-4880, Epiclon EXA-4850-150, Epiclon EXA-4850-1000, Epiclon EXA-4816, Epiclon EXA-4822 ( The above are trade names, manufactured by Dainippon Ink Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), Rikaresin BEO-60E, Rikaresin BPO-20E, Rikaresin HBE-100, Rikaresin DME-100 ( The above are the trade names, manufactured by New Japan Physical and Chemical Corporation), EP-4003S, EP-4000S (the above are trade names, manufactured by ADEKA), PG-100, CG-500, EG-200 (the above are commodities Name, manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemicals), NC-3000, NC -6000 (the above are trade names, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), EPOX-MK · R508, EPOX-MK · R540, EPOX-MK · R710, EPOX-MK · R1710, VG3101L, VG3101M80 (The above are trade names, Purin (Manufactured by Printec), Celloxide 2021P, Celloxide 2081, Celloxide 2083, Celloxide 2085 (the above are trade names, Daicel Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).
作為具有至少兩個烷氧基甲基或羥甲基的化合物,例如可列舉:DML-PC、DML-PEP、DML-OC、DMLOEP、DML-34X、DML-PTBP、DML-PCHP、DMLOCHP、DML-PFP、DML-PSBP、DML-POP、DMLMBOC、DML-MBPC、DML-MTrisPC、DML-BisOC-Z、DML-BisOCHP-Z、DML-BPC、DML-BisOC-P、DMOM-PC、DMOM-PTBP、DMOM-MBPC、TriML-P、TriML-35XL、TML-HQ、TML-BP、TML-pp-BPF、TML-BPE、TML-BPA、TML-BPAF、TML-BPAP、TMOM-BP、TMOM-BPE、TMOM-BPA、TMOM-BPAF、TMOM-BPAP、HML-TPPHBA、HML-TPHAP、HMOM-TPPHBA、HMOM-TPHAP(以上為商品名,本州化學工業公司製造),尼卡拉克(NIKALAC)(註冊商標)·MX-290、尼卡拉克(NIKALAC)·MX-280、尼卡拉克(NIKALAC)·MX-270、尼卡拉克(NIKALAC)·MX-279、尼卡拉克(NIKALAC)·MW-100LM、尼卡拉克(NIKALAC)·MX-750LM(以上為商品名,三和化學公司製造)。熱交聯劑可含有兩種以上的該些化合物。Examples of the compound having at least two alkoxymethyl or methylol groups include: DML-PC, DML-PEP, DML-OC, DMLOEP, DML-34X, DML-PTBP, DML-PCHP, DMLOHCP, DML -PFP, DML-PSBP, DML-POP, DLMMBOC, DML-MBPC, DML-MTrisPC, DML-BisOC-Z, DML-BisOCHP-Z, DML-BPC, DML-BisOC-P, DMOM-PC, DMOM-PTBP , DMOM-MBPC, TriML-P, TriML-35XL, TML-HQ, TML-BP, TML-pp-BPF, TML-BPE, TML-BPA, TML-BPAF, TML-BPAP, TMOM-BP, TMOM-BPE , TMOM-BPA, TMOM-BPAF, TMOM-BPAP, HML-TPPHBA, HML-TPHAP, HMOM-TPPHBA, HMOM-TPHAP (the above are the trade names, manufactured by Honshu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), NIKALAC (registered trademark ) · MX-290, NIKALAC · MX-280, NIKALAC · MX-270, NIKALAC · MX-279, NIKALAC · MW-100LM, NIKALAC · MX-750LM (The above are the trade names, manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.). The thermal crosslinking agent may contain two or more of these compounds.
相對於聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的100重量份,較佳為含有0.01重量份~20重量份的熱交聯劑。The thermal crosslinking agent is preferably contained in an amount of 0.01 to 20 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the polyfluorene imide precursor (A).
本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物亦可含有著色劑。藉由添加著色劑,可調節聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物的熱處理膜的色澤。The polyimide precursor resin composition according to the embodiment of the present invention may contain a colorant. By adding a colorant, the color of the heat-treated film of the polyimide precursor resin composition can be adjusted.
作為著色劑,可使用染料、有機顏料、無機顏料等,但就耐熱性、透明性的方面而言,較佳為有機顏料。其中,較佳為透明性高、耐光性、耐熱性、耐化學品性優異者。若利用染料索引(Colour Index,CI)序號表示具代表性的有機顏料的具體例,可較佳地使用如下般的顏料,但並不限定於該些任一者。As a colorant, a dye, an organic pigment, an inorganic pigment, etc. can be used, but an organic pigment is preferable in terms of heat resistance and transparency. Among them, those having high transparency, light resistance, heat resistance, and chemical resistance are preferred. When a specific index of a representative organic pigment is represented by a color index (CI) number, the following pigments can be preferably used, but are not limited to any of them.
作為黃色顏料的例子,可使用顏料黃(Pigment Yellow)(以下簡稱為PY)12、13、17、20、24、83、86、93、95、109、110、117、125、129、137、138、139、147、148、150、153、154、166、168、185等。另外,作為橙色顏料的例子,可使用:顏料橙(Pigment Orange)(以下簡稱為PO)13、36、38、43、51、55、59、61、64、65、71等。另外,作為紅色顏料的例子,可使用:顏料紅(Pigment Red)(以下簡稱為PR)9、48、97、122、123、144、149、166、168、177、179、180、192、209、215、216、217、220、223、224、226、227、228、240、254等。另外,作為紫色顏料的例子,可使用:顏料紫(Pigment Violet)(以下簡稱為PV)19、23、29、30、32、37、40、50等。另外,作為藍色顏料的例子,可使用:顏料藍(Pigment Blue)(以下簡稱為PB)15、15:3、15:4、15:6、22、60、64等。另外,作為綠色顏料的例子,可使用:顏料綠(Pigment Green)(以下簡稱為PG)7、10、36、58等。該些顏料視需要亦可進行松香處理、酸性基處理、鹼性處理等表面處理。As an example of a yellow pigment, Pigment Yellow (hereinafter referred to as PY) 12, 13, 17, 20, 24, 83, 86, 93, 95, 109, 110, 117, 125, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 153, 154, 166, 168, 185, etc. In addition, as examples of orange pigments, Pigment Orange (hereinafter referred to as PO) 13, 36, 38, 43, 51, 55, 59, 61, 64, 65, 71, and the like can be used. In addition, as an example of a red pigment, Pigment Red (hereinafter referred to as PR) 9, 48, 97, 122, 123, 144, 149, 166, 168, 177, 179, 180, 192, 209 can be used. , 215, 216, 217, 220, 223, 224, 226, 227, 228, 240, 254, etc. In addition, as an example of a purple pigment, Pigment Violet (hereinafter referred to as PV) 19, 23, 29, 30, 32, 37, 40, 50, and the like can be used. In addition, as examples of the blue pigment, Pigment Blue (hereinafter referred to as PB) 15, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 22, 60, 64, and the like can be used. In addition, as examples of the green pigment, Pigment Green (hereinafter referred to as PG) 7, 10, 36, 58 and the like can be used. These pigments may also be subjected to surface treatments such as rosin treatment, acid-based treatment, and alkaline treatment, if necessary.
本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物亦可含有無機填料。作為無機填料,可列舉:二氧化矽微粒子、氧化鋁微粒子、二氧化鈦微粒子、氧化鋯微粒子等。The polyfluorene imide precursor resin composition according to the embodiment of the present invention may contain an inorganic filler. Examples of the inorganic filler include fine particles of silica, fine particles of alumina, fine particles of titania, and fine particles of zirconia.
無機填料的形狀並無特別限定,可列舉:球狀、橢圓形狀、扁平狀、棒狀、纖維狀等。為了防止光的散射,所含有的無機填料較佳為粒徑小。例如,無機填料的平均粒徑為0.5 nm~100 nm,較佳為0.5 nm~30 nm的範圍內。於將聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)整體的量設為100質量%的情況下,無機填料的含量較佳為1重量%~50重量%,更佳為10重量%~30重量%。The shape of the inorganic filler is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a spherical shape, an oval shape, a flat shape, a rod shape, and a fibrous shape. In order to prevent light scattering, it is preferable that the inorganic filler contained has a small particle diameter. For example, the average particle diameter of the inorganic filler is in a range of 0.5 nm to 100 nm, and preferably in a range of 0.5 nm to 30 nm. When the entire amount of the polyfluorene imide precursor (A) is 100% by mass, the content of the inorganic filler is preferably 1 to 50% by weight, and more preferably 10 to 30% by weight.
使聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物中含有無機填料的方法可使用各種公知的方法。例如可列舉使有機-無機填料溶膠與聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)混合。有機-無機填料溶膠是使無機填料以30質量%左右的比例分散於有機溶劑中而成。作為有機溶劑,可列舉:甲醇、異丙醇、正丁醇、乙二醇、甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、丙二醇單甲基乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、1,3-二甲基咪唑啶酮、γ-丁基內酯等。Various well-known methods can be used for the method of making an inorganic filler in a polyimide precursor resin composition. For example, mixing an organic-inorganic filler sol with a polyfluorene imide precursor (A) is mentioned. The organic-inorganic filler sol is obtained by dispersing an inorganic filler in an organic solvent at a ratio of about 30% by mass. Examples of the organic solvent include methanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, ethylene glycol, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, propylene glycol monomethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and N, N. -Dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethylimidazolidone, γ-butyllactone, and the like.
為了提高無機填料對於聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的分散性,亦可利用矽烷偶合劑對有機-無機填料溶膠進行處理。於在矽烷偶合劑的末端官能基上具有環氧基或胺基的情況下,聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的羧酸與矽烷偶合劑鍵結,藉此聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)與無機填料的親和性提高,可進行更有效的分散。In order to improve the dispersibility of the inorganic filler to the polyimide precursor (A), the organic-inorganic filler sol can also be treated with a silane coupling agent. In the case where the terminal functional group of the silane coupling agent has an epoxy group or an amine group, the carboxylic acid of the polyfluorene imide precursor (A) is bonded to the silane coupling agent, whereby the polyfluorene imide precursor (A ) Improved affinity with inorganic fillers for more effective dispersion.
作為具有環氧基的矽烷偶合劑,可列舉:2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷等。Examples of the silane coupling agent having an epoxy group include 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, and 3- Glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, and the like.
作為具有胺基的矽烷偶合劑,可列舉:N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-三乙氧基矽烷基-N-(1,3-二甲基-亞丁基)丙基胺、N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷等。Examples of the silane coupling agent having an amino group include N-2- (aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, and N-2- (aminoethyl) -3- Aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilane-N- (1,3-dimethyl -Butylene) propylamine, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, and the like.
作為利用矽烷偶合劑進行的有機-無機填料溶膠的處理方法,可使用各種公知的方法。例如,可藉由如下方式進行處理:於濃度經調整的有機-無機填料溶膠中添加矽烷偶合劑,於室溫~80℃下進行0.5小時~2小時的攪拌。As a method for treating the organic-inorganic filler sol using a silane coupling agent, various known methods can be used. For example, the treatment can be performed by adding a silane coupling agent to the adjusted organic-inorganic filler sol and stirring at room temperature to 80 ° C. for 0.5 to 2 hours.
為了提高與基材的接著性,本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物可添加矽烷偶合劑、鈦偶合劑等偶合劑。相對於聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的100重量份,聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物中的偶合劑的含量較佳為0.01重量份~10重量份。In order to improve the adhesion to the substrate, a coupling agent such as a silane coupling agent or a titanium coupling agent may be added to the polyfluorene imide precursor resin composition according to the embodiment of the present invention. The content of the coupling agent in the polyimide precursor resin composition is preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the polyimide precursor (A).
為了提高耐光性(對於光、尤其是紫外光的耐性),本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物可添加紫外線吸收劑。相對於聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的100重量份,聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物中的紫外線劑的含量較佳為0.01重量份~10重量份。In order to improve light resistance (resistance to light, especially ultraviolet light), the polyimide precursor resin composition according to the embodiment of the present invention may include an ultraviolet absorber. The content of the ultraviolet agent in the polyimide precursor resin composition is preferably from 0.01 to 10 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the polyimide precursor (A).
<聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物> 本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物是使所述聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物醯亞胺化而獲得。醯亞胺化的方法並無特別限制,可列舉利用加熱的醯亞胺化或化學醯亞胺化。其中,就所獲得的聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物的耐熱性、可見光區域中的透明性的觀點而言,較佳為利用加熱的醯亞胺化。對聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物膜於180℃以上且650℃以下的範圍內進行加熱而轉換為聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物。將其稱為熱醯亞胺化步驟。再者,熱醯亞胺化步驟亦可於使溶媒自塗膜蒸發的步驟後經過某些步驟而進行。<Polyimide resin composition> A polyimide resin composition according to an embodiment of the present invention is obtained by imidizing the polyamidine precursor resin composition. The method of fluorene imidization is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include heating fluorene imidization or chemical fluoridation. Among these, from the viewpoints of heat resistance of the obtained polyfluorene imine resin composition and transparency in the visible light region, fluorene imidization by heating is preferred. The polyimide precursor resin composition film is heated in a range of 180 ° C. to 650 ° C. to be converted into a polyimide resin composition. This is referred to as the thermal amidine process. In addition, the step of hot-liming may be performed after some steps after the step of evaporating the solvent from the coating film.
關於使溶媒自塗膜蒸發的步驟(亦稱為乾燥步驟),具體而言只要對塗膜進行真空乾燥或加熱即可,若考慮到醯亞胺化後的膜的透明性,較佳為並不無白濁地使溶媒蒸發。乾燥使用加熱板、烘箱、紅外線、真空腔室等。其中,較佳為使用真空腔室進行真空乾燥,進而佳為於真空乾燥後進一步進行用於乾燥的加熱、或一邊進行真空乾燥一邊進行用於乾燥的加熱。藉此可縮短乾燥處理時間,進而可獲得均勻的塗佈膜。用於乾燥的加熱的溫度根據被加熱體的種類或目的而多種多樣,較佳為於室溫至170℃的範圍內進行1分鐘至數小時。室溫通常為20℃~30℃,但較佳為25℃。進而,乾燥步驟可於相同條件、或不同的條件下進行多次。Regarding the step of evaporating the solvent from the coating film (also referred to as a drying step), specifically, the coating film may be vacuum-dried or heated. In consideration of the transparency of the imidized film, it is preferably The solvent was not evaporated without cloudiness. Drying uses a hot plate, oven, infrared, vacuum chamber, etc. Among them, vacuum drying is preferably performed using a vacuum chamber, and further, heating for drying is preferably performed after vacuum drying, or heating for drying is performed while performing vacuum drying. This can shorten the drying treatment time, and thus obtain a uniform coating film. The temperature for drying and heating varies depending on the type or purpose of the object to be heated, and it is preferably performed in a range from room temperature to 170 ° C. for 1 minute to several hours. The room temperature is usually 20 ° C to 30 ° C, but preferably 25 ° C. Furthermore, the drying step may be performed multiple times under the same conditions or different conditions.
熱醯亞胺化步驟的環境並無特別限定,可為空氣亦可為氮氣或氬氣等惰性氣體。其中,因對本發明的聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物要求無色透明性,因此較佳為於氧濃度為3%以下的環境下加熱而進行熱醯亞胺化。通常藉由降低氧濃度,可減少加熱時的聚醯亞胺膜的氧化著色而保持高的透明性,另一方面,ppm級(order)的氧濃度管理於製造現場大多難以實現。本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物若加熱硬化時的氧濃度為3%以下,則可保持更高的透明性而較佳。The environment of the thermal arsine imidization step is not particularly limited, and may be air or an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon. Among them, since the polyfluorene imide resin composition of the present invention is required to be colorless and transparent, it is preferred to perform the thermal fluorination by heating in an environment having an oxygen concentration of 3% or less. Generally, lowering the oxygen concentration can reduce the oxidative coloration of the polyimide film during heating and maintain high transparency. On the other hand, it is often difficult to achieve an order-level oxygen concentration management at the manufacturing site. If the polyimide resin composition according to the embodiment of the present invention has an oxygen concentration of 3% or less during heating and curing, it is preferable to maintain higher transparency.
另外,到達用於熱醯亞胺化的加熱溫度為止所需要的時間並無特別限定,可選擇與製造線(manufacturing line)的加熱形式相應的升溫方法。例如,可於烘箱內將形成於基材上的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物自室溫起歷時5分鐘~120分鐘升溫至用於熱醯亞胺化的加熱溫度為止,亦可將形成於基材上的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物直接投入至經預先加熱至200℃以上且650℃以下的範圍的烘箱內來進行加熱處理。另外,視需要可於減壓下進行加熱。In addition, the time required to reach the heating temperature for thermal ammonium imidization is not particularly limited, and a heating method corresponding to the heating type of the manufacturing line can be selected. For example, the polyimide precursor resin composition formed on the substrate may be heated in an oven from room temperature to the heating temperature for thermal imidization from 5 minutes to 120 minutes, or may be formed in The polyfluorene imide precursor resin composition on the substrate is directly put into an oven heated in advance to a temperature range of 200 ° C. to 650 ° C. to perform a heat treatment. If necessary, heating may be performed under reduced pressure.
<聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物的膜狀物> 所謂本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物的膜狀物,為包含使聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)醯亞胺化而成的聚醯亞胺的膜、即聚醯亞胺樹脂膜。聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物的膜狀物(以下,適宜略記為聚醯亞胺樹脂膜)例如可利用以下方法來獲得。作為形成該聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的方法,可列舉包括如下步驟等的方法:將所述聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物塗佈於基板上而形成塗佈膜的塗佈膜形成步驟、使溶媒(例如所述溶媒(B))自該塗佈膜蒸發的乾燥步驟、及使聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)醯亞胺化的醯亞胺化步驟。以下,將塗佈有聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物的基板適宜稱為支撐基板,且存在與其他基板(例如利用聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的柔性基板等)進行區別的情況。<Film of polyfluorene imine resin composition> The film of the polyfluorene imine resin composition according to the embodiment of the present invention is obtained by imidizing a polyfluorene imine precursor (A). Polyimide film, that is, polyimide resin film. The film of the polyfluorene imide resin composition (hereinafter, referred to as a polyfluorene imide resin film as appropriate) can be obtained, for example, by the following method. Examples of the method for forming the polyfluorene imide resin film include a method including the steps of: a coating film forming step of applying the polyfluorene imide precursor resin composition on a substrate to form a coating film, A drying step of evaporating a solvent (for example, the solvent (B)) from the coating film, and a step of imidizing a polyimide precursor (A). Hereinafter, a substrate coated with a polyimide precursor resin composition is suitably referred to as a support substrate, and may be distinguished from other substrates (for example, a flexible substrate using a polyimide resin film).
關於形成聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的方法,於塗佈膜形成步驟中,藉由將所述聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物塗佈於支撐基板上而形成聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物的塗佈膜。作為將所述聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物塗佈於支撐基板上而形成塗佈膜的方法,可列舉:輥塗佈法、旋塗法、狹縫模塗佈法、及使用刮刀、塗佈機等進行塗佈的方法等。再者,藉由重覆塗佈,可控制塗佈膜的厚度或表面平滑性等。其中,就塗佈膜的表面平滑性、膜厚均勻性的觀點而言,較佳為狹縫模塗佈法。Regarding the method for forming a polyimide resin film, in the coating film forming step, the polyimide precursor resin composition is formed by coating the polyimide precursor resin composition on a support substrate. Coating film. Examples of the method for applying the polyimide precursor resin composition to a support substrate to form a coating film include a roll coating method, a spin coating method, a slit die coating method, and the use of a doctor blade, Coating method and the like. In addition, the thickness, surface smoothness, etc. of the coating film can be controlled by repeated coating. Among them, the slit die coating method is preferred from the viewpoint of surface smoothness and film thickness uniformity of the coating film.
塗佈膜的厚度可根據所需的用途適宜選擇,並無特別限定,例如為1 μm~500 μm,較佳為2 μm~250 μm,特佳為5 μm~125 μm。作為支撐基板,可列舉:聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(polyethylene terephthalate,PET)膜、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯(polyethylene naphthalate,PEN)膜、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯(polybutylene terephthalate,PBT)膜、矽晶圓、玻璃晶圓、氧化物晶圓、玻璃基板(包含無鹼玻璃基板)、Cu基板及SUS板等。其中,就表面平滑性、加熱時的尺寸穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為無鹼玻璃基板。The thickness of the coating film can be appropriately selected according to the required application, and is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 1 μm to 500 μm, preferably 2 μm to 250 μm, and particularly preferably 5 μm to 125 μm. Examples of the supporting substrate include a polyethylene terephthalate (PET) film, a polyethylene naphthalate (PEN) film, and a polybutylene terephthalate, PBT) film, silicon wafer, glass wafer, oxide wafer, glass substrate (including alkali-free glass substrate), Cu substrate and SUS plate, etc. Among them, an alkali-free glass substrate is preferred from the viewpoints of surface smoothness and dimensional stability during heating.
繼而,乾燥步驟中,使溶媒自支撐基板上的塗佈膜蒸發,藉此使該塗佈膜乾燥。具體而言,該乾燥步驟中,只要藉由真空乾燥或加熱而使該塗佈膜乾燥即可,若考慮到醯亞胺化後的膜的透明性,較佳為並無白濁地使溶媒蒸發。乾燥使用加熱板、烘箱、紅外線、真空腔室等。Then, in the drying step, the solvent is evaporated from the coating film on the support substrate, thereby drying the coating film. Specifically, in the drying step, the coating film may be dried by vacuum drying or heating. If the transparency of the film after the imidization is taken into consideration, it is preferable that the solvent is evaporated without turbidity. . Drying uses a hot plate, oven, infrared, vacuum chamber, etc.
其中,較佳為使用真空腔室對塗佈膜進行真空乾燥,進而佳為對於真空乾燥後的塗佈膜進一步進行用於乾燥的加熱、或一邊對塗佈膜進行真空乾燥一邊進行用於乾燥的加熱。藉此可縮短塗佈膜的乾燥處理時間,進而可獲得均勻的塗佈膜。用於乾燥的加熱的溫度根據塗佈膜等被加熱體的種類或目的而多種多樣,較佳為於室溫至170℃的範圍內進行1分鐘至數小時。室溫通常為20℃~30℃,但較佳為25℃。進而,乾燥步驟可於相同條件、或不同的條件下進行多次。Among them, it is preferable to vacuum-dry the coating film using a vacuum chamber, and it is more preferable to further heat the coating film after vacuum drying for drying, or to dry the coating film while vacuum drying. Of heating. This can shorten the drying treatment time of the coating film, thereby obtaining a uniform coating film. The temperature for heating for drying varies depending on the type or purpose of the object to be heated, such as a coating film, and it is preferably performed in a range from room temperature to 170 ° C. for 1 minute to several hours. The room temperature is usually 20 ° C to 30 ° C, but preferably 25 ° C. Furthermore, the drying step may be performed multiple times under the same conditions or different conditions.
其後,醯亞胺化步驟中,對支撐基板上的塗佈膜中的聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)進行醯亞胺化,藉此於支撐基板上形成聚醯亞胺樹脂膜。經過以上各步驟而形成於支撐基板上的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜可自支撐基板剝離而使用,或者亦可並不剝離而直接使用。Thereafter, in the fluorene imidization step, the fluorene imine precursor (A) in the coating film on the support substrate is fluorinated, thereby forming a polyfluorene resin film on the support substrate. The polyimide resin film formed on the support substrate through the above steps may be peeled from the support substrate and used, or may be used without peeling.
作為聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的剝離方法的例子,可列舉:浸漬於水中的方法、浸漬於鹽酸或氫氟酸等化學液中的方法、對聚醯亞胺樹脂膜與支撐基板的界面照射紫外光至紅外光的波長範圍的雷射光的方法等。其中,於在聚醯亞胺樹脂膜上製成器件後進行剝離的情況下,必須不對器件造成損傷地進行剝離,因此較佳為使用紫外光的雷射的剝離。再者,為了使剝離容易,亦可於將聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物塗佈於支撐基板上之前,於支撐基板上塗佈脫模劑或製膜犧牲層。作為脫模劑,可列舉:矽酮系、氟系、芳香族高分子系、烷氧基矽烷系等。作為犧牲層,可列舉:金屬膜、金屬氧化物膜、非晶矽膜等。Examples of the method for peeling the polyimide resin film include a method of immersing in water, a method of immersing in a chemical liquid such as hydrochloric acid or hydrofluoric acid, and irradiating ultraviolet rays to the interface between the polyimide resin film and the support substrate A method of laser light in a wavelength range from light to infrared light, and the like. Among these, when the device is peeled off after the device is formed on the polyimide resin film, the device must be peeled off without damaging the device. Therefore, the laser light is preferably used for peeling. Moreover, in order to make peeling easy, before a polyimide precursor resin composition is apply | coated to a support substrate, you may apply | coat a mold release agent or a film formation sacrificial layer on a support substrate. Examples of the release agent include silicone-based, fluorine-based, aromatic polymer-based, alkoxysilane-based and the like. Examples of the sacrificial layer include a metal film, a metal oxide film, and an amorphous silicon film.
所獲得的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的厚度可根據所需的用途適宜選擇,較佳為以1 μm~100 μm為宜,更佳為5 μm~30 μm,特佳為7 μm~20 μm。本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜包含所述通式(1)所表示的結構,例如較佳為用於柔性顯示器基板的製造等用途中。另外,於將該聚醯亞胺樹脂膜整體的量設為100質量%的情況下,此種聚醯亞胺樹脂膜較佳為包含5質量%~30質量%的通式(1)所表示的結構。The thickness of the obtained polyfluorene imide resin film can be appropriately selected according to the required application, preferably 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 5 μm to 30 μm, and particularly preferably 7 μm to 20 μm. The polyfluorene imide resin film according to the embodiment of the present invention includes the structure represented by the general formula (1), and is preferably used for applications such as the production of a flexible display substrate. When the amount of the entire polyimide resin film is 100% by mass, it is preferable that such a polyimide resin film is represented by the general formula (1) containing 5% to 30% by mass. Structure.
由本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物獲得的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的拉伸彈性係數較佳為1.5 GPa以上,進而佳為2.0 GPa以上,特佳為2.5 GPa以上。於聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的拉伸彈性係數為1.5 GPa以上、較佳為2.0 GPa以上的情況下,可抑制自基板剝離膜時的斷裂,進而可獲得具有充分的可撓性的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜。另外,該聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的拉伸彈性係數的上限較佳為3.5 GPa以下。The tensile elasticity coefficient of the polyimide resin film obtained from the polyimide precursor resin composition of the present invention is preferably 1.5 GPa or more, more preferably 2.0 GPa or more, and particularly preferably 2.5 GPa or more. When the polyimide resin film has a tensile elastic coefficient of 1.5 GPa or more, and preferably 2.0 GPa or more, it is possible to suppress the breakage when the film is peeled from the substrate, and to obtain a polyflex having sufficient flexibility. Amine resin film. The upper limit of the tensile modulus of elasticity of the polyfluoreneimide resin film is preferably 3.5 GPa or less.
由本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物獲得的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的斷裂伸長度較佳為30%以上,進而佳為40%以上,特佳為50%以上。於聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的斷裂伸長度為30%以上的情況下,耐彎曲性優異而較佳。The elongation at break of the polyimide resin film obtained from the polyimide precursor resin composition of the present invention is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 40% or more, and particularly preferably 50% or more. In the case where the elongation at break of the polyimide resin film is 30% or more, the bending resistance is excellent and preferred.
另外,本實施形態的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的玻璃轉移溫度為250℃以上,較佳為350℃以上,進而佳為380℃以上,特佳為400℃以上。聚醯亞胺樹脂膜因於器件製作時被加熱至250℃以上、較佳為350℃以上,因此若聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的玻璃轉移溫度小於350℃,則於將聚醯亞胺樹脂膜用於此種用途中的情況下,有時該聚醯亞胺樹脂膜會變形。另一方面,若聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的玻璃轉移溫度為380℃以上,則可有意地抑制於聚醯亞胺樹脂膜上製膜阻氣膜後的表面粗糙度的惡化。The glass transition temperature of the polyfluorene imide resin film of this embodiment is 250 ° C or higher, preferably 350 ° C or higher, further preferably 380 ° C or higher, and particularly preferably 400 ° C or higher. The polyimide resin film is heated to 250 ° C or higher, preferably 350 ° C or higher during device fabrication. Therefore, if the glass transition temperature of the polyimide resin film is less than 350 ° C, the polyimide resin film is When used for such applications, the polyimide resin film may be deformed. On the other hand, if the glass transition temperature of the polyimide resin film is 380 ° C or higher, the surface roughness of the polyimide resin film after the gas barrier film is formed can be intentionally suppressed.
進而,本實施形態的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的霧度值為1%以下,較佳為0.8%以下,特佳為0.5%以下。本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物因包含SP值分別處於較佳的範圍的兩種以上的溶媒(例如,所述溶媒(B1)、溶媒(B2))而可抑制相分離引起的霧度值的上升。Furthermore, the haze value of the polyfluorene imide resin film of this embodiment is 1% or less, preferably 0.8% or less, and particularly preferably 0.5% or less. The polyfluorene imide precursor resin composition of the present invention can suppress phase separation caused by containing two or more solvents (for example, the solvent (B1) and the solvent (B2)) having SP values in a better range, respectively. Rising haze value.
<積層體> 本發明的實施形態的積層體具有所述聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物的膜狀物(聚醯亞胺樹脂膜)、與無機膜。<Laminate> A laminate according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a film (polyimide resin film) of the polyimide resin composition and an inorganic film.
作為無機膜的例子,可列舉阻氣層。阻氣層是發揮防止水蒸氣或氧等透過的作用的層。為了抑制水分或氧所引起的電子器件的劣化,較佳為藉由在聚醯亞胺樹脂膜上設置阻氣層而賦予阻氣性。Examples of the inorganic film include a gas barrier layer. The gas barrier layer is a layer that plays a role of preventing permeation of water vapor, oxygen, and the like. In order to suppress deterioration of the electronic device due to moisture or oxygen, it is preferable to provide a gas barrier property by providing a gas barrier layer on the polyimide resin film.
作為構成阻氣層的材料,可列舉:金屬氧化物、金屬氮化物、金屬氮氧化物及金屬碳氮化物。作為該些中所含的金屬元素,例如可列舉:鋁(Al)、矽(Si)、鈦(Ti)、錫(Sn)、鋅(Zn)、鋯(Zr)、銦(In)、鈮(Nb)、鉬(Mo)、鉭(Ta)、鈣(Ca)等。Examples of the material constituting the gas barrier layer include metal oxides, metal nitrides, metal oxynitrides, and metal carbonitrides. Examples of the metal elements included in these include aluminum (Al), silicon (Si), titanium (Ti), tin (Sn), zinc (Zn), zirconium (Zr), indium (In), and niobium. (Nb), molybdenum (Mo), tantalum (Ta), calcium (Ca), etc.
尤其,較佳為阻氣層包含矽氧化物、矽氮化物、矽氮氧化物及矽碳氮化物中的至少一種以上。原因在於:藉由使用該些材料,容易獲得均勻且緻密的膜,阻氣層的阻氧性進一步提高。另外,就阻氧性進一步提高的觀點而言,阻氣層較佳為包含SiOxNy所表示的成分。x、y為滿足0<x≦1、0.55≦y≦1、0≦x/y≦1的值。In particular, it is preferable that the gas barrier layer contains at least one of silicon oxide, silicon nitride, silicon oxynitride, and silicon carbonitride. The reason is that by using these materials, a uniform and dense film is easily obtained, and the oxygen barrier property of the gas barrier layer is further improved. From the viewpoint of further improving the oxygen barrier property, the gas barrier layer preferably contains a component represented by SiOxNy. x and y are values satisfying 0 <x ≦ 1, 0.55 ≦ y ≦ 1, 0 ≦ x / y ≦ 1.
另外,阻氣層為積層為兩層以上的無機膜,該些無機膜中與聚醯亞胺樹脂膜相接的層較佳為由SiOz(z為滿足0.5≦z≦2的值)所表示的成分形成。原因在於:於形成無機膜的第1層時,對聚醯亞胺樹脂膜造成的損壞(damage)得到減輕,因此抑制形成無機膜後的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的表面平滑性惡化或形成無機膜時的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的著色。In addition, the gas barrier layer is an inorganic film laminated with two or more layers. Among these inorganic films, the layer in contact with the polyimide resin film is preferably represented by SiOz (z is a value satisfying 0.5 ≦ z ≦ 2). The ingredients are formed. The reason is that, when the first layer of the inorganic film is formed, damage to the polyimide resin film is reduced, and therefore the deterioration of the surface smoothness of the polyimide resin film after the inorganic film is formed or the formation of inorganic Coloring of polyimide resin film at the time of film.
本發明的實施形態的積層體的製造方法例如包括下述塗佈步驟、去除步驟、聚醯亞胺樹脂膜形成步驟、以及無機膜形成步驟與步驟。所述積層體的製造方法中,塗佈步驟是於支撐基板上塗佈聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物的步驟。去除步驟是自所塗佈的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物中去除溶劑的步驟。聚醯亞胺樹脂膜形成步驟是使去除了溶劑的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物醯亞胺化而獲得聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物的膜狀物的步驟。無機膜形成步驟是於所獲得的聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物的膜狀物上形成無機膜的步驟。該些步驟中,塗佈步驟、去除步驟及聚醯亞胺樹脂膜形成步驟可依據所述聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物的膜狀物的製造方法來進行。即,積層體的製造方法中的塗佈步驟與聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的製造方法中的塗佈膜形成步驟相同。積層體的製造方法中的去除步驟與聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的製造方法中的乾燥步驟相同。積層體的製造方法中的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜形成步驟與聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的製造方法中的醯亞胺化步驟相同。另一方面,積層體的製造方法中的無機膜形成步驟中,例如以如下方式形成無機膜。The manufacturing method of the laminated body of embodiment of this invention includes the following coating process, a removal process, a polyimide resin film formation process, and an inorganic film formation process and process, for example. In the method for manufacturing a laminated body, the coating step is a step of coating a polyimide precursor resin composition on a support substrate. The removing step is a step of removing a solvent from the coated polyimide precursor resin composition. The polyimide resin film forming step is a step of obtaining a film of a polyimide resin composition by imidizing the polyimide precursor resin composition from which the solvent has been removed. The inorganic film forming step is a step of forming an inorganic film on the film-like substance of the obtained polyfluorene imide resin composition. Among these steps, the coating step, the removing step, and the polyimide resin film forming step may be performed according to a method for producing a film of the polyimide resin composition. That is, the coating process in the manufacturing method of a laminated body is the same as the coating film formation process in the manufacturing method of a polyimide resin film. The removal step in the method for producing a laminated body is the same as the drying step in the method for producing a polyimide resin film. The polyimide resin film forming step in the method for producing a laminate is the same as the polyimide resin step in the method for producing a polyimide resin film. On the other hand, in the inorganic film forming step in the method of manufacturing a laminated body, the inorganic film is formed, for example, as follows.
無機膜例如可利用濺鍍法、真空蒸鍍法、離子鍍法、電漿化學氣相沈積(Chemical Vapor Deposition,CVD)法等在氣相中使材料堆積而形成膜的氣相堆積法而製作。其中,因可獲得更均勻且阻氧性高的膜,因此較佳為使用濺鍍法或電漿CVD法。The inorganic film can be produced by, for example, a sputtering method, a vacuum evaporation method, an ion plating method, a plasma chemical vapor deposition (CVD) method, or the like, and a vapor deposition method in which materials are deposited in a gas phase to form a film. . Among these, since a more uniform film with high oxygen barrier properties can be obtained, it is preferable to use a sputtering method or a plasma CVD method.
無機膜的層數並無特別限制,可僅為一層,亦可為兩層以上的多層,就兼顧耐彎曲性與阻氣性的觀點而言,較佳為兩層以上的多層。作為多層的無機膜的例子,可列舉:由第一層為SiN、第二層為SiO構成的阻氣層;或者由第一層為SiON、第二層為SiO構成的阻氣層等。The number of layers of the inorganic film is not particularly limited, and may be only one layer or a multilayer of two or more layers. From the viewpoint of considering both bending resistance and gas barrier properties, a multilayer of two or more layers is preferred. Examples of the multilayer inorganic film include a gas barrier layer composed of SiN as the first layer and SiO as the second layer; a gas barrier layer composed of SiON as the first layer and SiO as the second layer.
就阻氧性提高的觀點而言,無機膜的合計厚度較佳為10 nm以上,進而佳為50 nm以上。另一方面,就提高器件的彎折耐性的觀點而言,無機膜的合計厚度較佳為1 μm以下,進而佳為200 nm以下。From the viewpoint of improving the oxygen barrier property, the total thickness of the inorganic film is preferably 10 nm or more, and more preferably 50 nm or more. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of improving the bending resistance of the device, the total thickness of the inorganic film is preferably 1 μm or less, and more preferably 200 nm or less.
經過以上各步驟而形成於基板上的積層體可自基板剝離而使用,或者亦可並不剝離而直接使用。作為積層體的剝離方法的例子,可使用與自基板剝離所述聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的方法相同的方法。The laminated body formed on the substrate through the above steps may be used after being peeled from the substrate, or may be used without peeling. As an example of the method of peeling the laminated body, the same method as the method of peeling the polyfluoreneimide resin film from the substrate can be used.
<用途> 本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物、使用其而獲得的聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物、聚醯亞胺樹脂膜及積層體可用於電子器件中。更具體而言,可用於液晶顯示器、有機EL顯示器、觸控面板、電子紙、彩色濾光片、微發光二極體(Light-Emitting Diode,LED)顯示器等顯示器件、太陽電池、互補金屬氧化物半導體(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor,CMOS)等光接收器件等中。該些電子器件較佳為柔性器件。所述聚醯亞胺樹脂膜可作為該些電子器件中的基板、尤其是柔性基板(例如柔性顯示器基板等)而較佳地使用。<Use> The polyimide precursor resin composition of the embodiment of this invention, the polyimide resin composition obtained by using it, a polyimide resin film, and a laminated body can be used for an electronic device. More specifically, it can be used for display devices such as liquid crystal displays, organic EL displays, touch panels, electronic paper, color filters, light-emitting diode (Light-Emitting Diode, LED) displays, solar cells, and complementary metal oxidation. Light receiving devices such as Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS). These electronic devices are preferably flexible devices. The polyimide resin film can be preferably used as a substrate in these electronic devices, especially a flexible substrate (such as a flexible display substrate).
柔性器件的製造步驟包括如下步驟:於形成於基板上的積層體上形成對於顯示器件或光接收器件而言必需的電路。例如,可於柔性基板上形成非晶矽的薄膜電晶體(Thin Film Transistor,TFT)。進而,亦可於其上利用公知的方法形成器件所必需的結構。如上所述,可使用雷射照射等公知的方法,將表面形成有電路等的積層體自基板剝離,而獲得柔性器件。The manufacturing steps of the flexible device include the steps of forming a circuit necessary for a display device or a light receiving device on a multilayer body formed on a substrate. For example, a thin film transistor (TFT) of amorphous silicon can be formed on a flexible substrate. Furthermore, a structure necessary for the device may be formed thereon by a known method. As described above, a known method such as laser irradiation can be used to peel a laminated body having a circuit or the like formed on its surface from the substrate, thereby obtaining a flexible device.
<觸控面板> 本發明的實施形態的觸控面板包括所述積層體。利用圖式對本發明的實施形態的觸控面板的構成的例子進行說明。<Touch Panel> A touch panel according to an embodiment of the present invention includes the laminated body. An example of a configuration of a touch panel according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
圖1A是表示包含本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的觸控面板的一構成例的平面圖。圖1B是圖1A所示的觸控面板的I-I'虛線處的剖面圖。如圖1A、圖1B所示,該觸控面板7依次包括聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1、阻氣層2、第一配線層3、第一絕緣層4、第二配線層5、以及第二絕緣層6。即,觸控面板7包括聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1作為柔性基板,且於聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1上包括阻氣層2。另外,觸控面板7於阻氣層2上包括第一配線層3,於第一配線層3上包括第一絕緣層4,於第一絕緣層4上包括第二配線層5,於第二配線層5上包括第二絕緣層6。FIG. 1A is a plan view showing a configuration example of a touch panel including a polyimide resin film according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 1B is a cross-sectional view taken along a line II-II ′ of the touch panel shown in FIG. 1A. As shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B, the touch panel 7 includes a polyimide resin film 1, a gas barrier layer 2, a first wiring layer 3, a first insulating layer 4, a second wiring layer 5, and a second Insulation layer 6. That is, the touch panel 7 includes a polyimide resin film 1 as a flexible substrate, and includes a gas barrier layer 2 on the polyimide resin film 1. In addition, the touch panel 7 includes a first wiring layer 3 on the gas barrier layer 2, a first insulating layer 4 on the first wiring layer 3, a second wiring layer 5 on the first insulating layer 4, and a second The wiring layer 5 includes a second insulating layer 6.
第一配線層3及第二配線層5可使用導電性組成物來形成。作為導電性組成物中所含的成分,例如可列舉:導電性粒子、鹼可溶性樹脂、有機錫化合物、金屬螯合物化合物、分散劑、光聚合起始劑、單體、光酸產生劑、熱酸產生劑、溶劑、增感劑、對可見光具有吸收的顏料及染料中的至少一種、密接改良劑、界面活性劑或聚合抑制劑等。The first wiring layer 3 and the second wiring layer 5 can be formed using a conductive composition. Examples of the components contained in the conductive composition include conductive particles, alkali-soluble resins, organic tin compounds, metal chelate compounds, dispersants, photopolymerization initiators, monomers, photoacid generators, At least one of a thermal acid generator, a solvent, a sensitizer, a pigment and a dye having absorption in visible light, an adhesion improver, a surfactant, or a polymerization inhibitor.
導電性組成物所含的導電性粒子較佳為於表面的至少一部分具有被覆層。藉此,可使導電性粒子的表面活性降低並抑制導電性粒子彼此的反應及導電性粒子與有機成分的反應中的至少一者,並提高導電性粒子的分散性。進而,即便於在配線加工中使用光微影術的情況下,亦可抑制曝光光的散射而高精度地對配線進行圖案加工。另一方面,於氧的存在下,以150℃~350℃左右的高溫進行加熱,藉此可容易去除被覆層而作為配線顯現出充分的導電性。The conductive particles contained in the conductive composition preferably have a coating layer on at least a part of the surface. This can reduce the surface activity of the conductive particles, suppress at least one of the reactions between the conductive particles and the reaction between the conductive particles and the organic component, and improve the dispersibility of the conductive particles. Furthermore, even when photolithography is used in wiring processing, it is possible to pattern the wiring with high accuracy while suppressing the scattering of exposure light. On the other hand, in the presence of oxygen, by heating at a high temperature of about 150 ° C. to 350 ° C., it is possible to easily remove the coating layer and develop sufficient conductivity as wiring.
被覆層較佳為包含碳及碳化合物中的至少一種。藉由被覆層包含碳及碳化合物中的至少一種,可進而提高導電性組成物中的導電性粒子的分散性。The coating layer preferably contains at least one of carbon and a carbon compound. When the coating layer contains at least one of carbon and a carbon compound, the dispersibility of the conductive particles in the conductive composition can be further improved.
作為於導電性粒子的表面形成包含碳及碳化合物中的至少一種的被覆層的方法,例如可列舉:利用熱電漿法使甲烷氣體等具有碳的反應性氣體、與導電性粒子接觸的方法(例如,參照日本專利特開2007-138287號公報)等。Examples of a method for forming a coating layer containing at least one of carbon and a carbon compound on the surface of the conductive particles include a method in which a reactive gas having carbon, such as methane gas, is brought into contact with the conductive particles by a pyroplasma method ( For example, refer to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-138287).
第一絕緣層4及第二絕緣層6可使用包含鹼可溶性樹脂的感光性的絕緣性組成物來形成。絕緣性組成物中所含的鹼可溶性樹脂的含量可根據所需的膜厚或用途而任意選擇,通常相對於固體成分的100質量份而設為10質量份以上且70質量份以下。The first insulating layer 4 and the second insulating layer 6 can be formed using a photosensitive insulating composition containing an alkali-soluble resin. The content of the alkali-soluble resin contained in the insulating composition can be arbitrarily selected according to the required film thickness or use, and is usually set to 10 parts by mass or more and 70 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the solid content.
絕緣性組成物可含有受阻胺系光穩定劑。藉由含有受阻胺系光穩定劑,可進一步減低第一絕緣層4及第二絕緣層6的著色,並且可提高耐候性。絕緣性組成物進而視需要亦可含有多官能單體、硬化劑、紫外線吸收劑、聚合抑制劑、密接改良劑、溶劑、界面活性劑、溶解抑制劑、穩定劑、消泡劑等添加劑。The insulating composition may contain a hindered amine-based light stabilizer. By containing a hindered amine-based light stabilizer, the color of the first insulating layer 4 and the second insulating layer 6 can be further reduced, and the weather resistance can be improved. The insulating composition may further contain additives such as a polyfunctional monomer, a hardening agent, an ultraviolet absorber, a polymerization inhibitor, an adhesion improver, a solvent, a surfactant, a dissolution inhibitor, a stabilizer, and an antifoaming agent, if necessary.
使用本發明的實施形態的積層體的觸控面板的製造方法例如包括下述層形成步驟與剝離步驟。該觸控面板的製造方法中,層形成步驟為於所述積層體上形成配線層及絕緣層的步驟。剝離步驟為自所述支撐基板剝離所述積層體的步驟。觸控面板的製造方法中的剝離步驟可依據所述積層體的製造方法來進行。另一方面,觸控面板的製造方法中的層形成步驟中,例如如以下所述,於積層體(圖1A、圖1B中,包含聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1及阻氣層2的積層體)上形成配線層(圖1A、圖1B中,第一配線層3及第二配線層5)及絕緣層(圖1A、圖1B中,第一絕緣層4及第二絕緣層6)。The manufacturing method of the touch panel using the laminated body of embodiment of this invention includes the following layer formation process and peeling process, for example. In the method for manufacturing a touch panel, the layer forming step is a step of forming a wiring layer and an insulating layer on the laminated body. The peeling step is a step of peeling the laminated body from the support substrate. The peeling step in the manufacturing method of the touch panel can be performed according to the manufacturing method of the laminated body. On the other hand, in the layer forming step in the method of manufacturing a touch panel, for example, as described below, a laminate including a polyimide resin film 1 and a gas barrier layer 2 is laminated on the laminate (as shown in FIG. 1A and FIG. 1B). ) Forming a wiring layer (the first wiring layer 3 and the second wiring layer 5 in FIGS. 1A and 1B) and an insulating layer (the first insulating layer 4 and the second insulating layer 6 in FIGS. 1A and 1B).
(形成第一配線層的步驟) 第一配線層(例如圖1A、圖1B中所示的第一配線層3)的形成方法較佳為包括:於阻氣層2上塗佈導電性組成物的塗佈步驟、使該塗佈膜乾燥的預烘烤步驟、對該預烘烤膜進行曝光及顯影而形成網狀圖案的步驟(曝光步驟及顯影步驟)、及使該圖案固化的固化步驟。(Step of Forming First Wiring Layer) The method for forming the first wiring layer (for example, the first wiring layer 3 shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B) preferably includes: coating a conductive composition on the gas barrier layer 2. A coating step, a pre-baking step of drying the coating film, a step of exposing and developing the pre-baking film to form a net pattern (exposure step and developing step), and a curing step of curing the pattern .
特佳為使用含有在表面的至少一部分具有被覆層的導電性粒子的導電性組成物來形成第一配線層。原因在於:於表面的至少一部分具有被覆層的導電性粒子可於曝光步驟中抑制曝光光的散射而高精度地對配線進行圖案加工。It is particularly preferred that the first wiring layer is formed using a conductive composition containing conductive particles having a coating layer on at least a part of the surface. The reason is that the conductive particles having a coating layer on at least a part of the surface can suppress the scattering of the exposure light in the exposure step and pattern the wiring with high accuracy.
作為曝光步驟中使用的光源,例如較佳為水銀燈的j射線、i射線、h射線、g射線。作為顯影步驟中使用的顯影液,可使用公知的顯影液。例如,可列舉使氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、四甲基氫氧化銨(tetramethyl ammonium hydroxide,TMAH)等鹼性物質溶解於水中而成的鹼性水溶液。As the light source used in the exposure step, for example, j-rays, i-rays, h-rays, and g-rays of a mercury lamp are preferred. As the developing solution used in the developing step, a known developing solution can be used. For example, an alkaline aqueous solution obtained by dissolving an alkaline substance such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, tetramethyl ammonium hydroxide (TMAH) in water is mentioned.
固化的環境、溫度及時間可根據導電性組成物的組成、或塗佈膜的膜厚而適宜決定。例如,較佳為於空氣中、100℃~300℃的溫度範圍內對塗佈膜加熱5分鐘~120分鐘。尤其是,於第一配線層含有在表面具有被覆層的導電性粒子的情況下,為了確實地去除被覆層而顯現出充分的導電性,較佳為於氧濃度為15%以上的環境中、100℃以上且300℃以下的溫度下對塗佈膜進行加熱。The curing environment, temperature, and time can be appropriately determined depending on the composition of the conductive composition or the film thickness of the coating film. For example, the coating film is preferably heated in the air at a temperature range of 100 ° C to 300 ° C for 5 minutes to 120 minutes. In particular, when the first wiring layer contains conductive particles having a coating layer on the surface, in order to reliably remove the coating layer and develop sufficient conductivity, it is preferably in an environment having an oxygen concentration of 15% or more, The coating film is heated at a temperature of 100 ° C or higher and 300 ° C or lower.
尤其是,為了獲得黃變少且導電性優異的觸控面板(例如圖1A、圖1B所示的觸控面板7),較佳為於其製造步驟中包括:於氧濃度為1000 ppm以下的環境中、300℃以上且450℃以下的溫度下進行加熱而形成聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的步驟、以及於氧濃度為15%以上的環境中、100℃以上且300℃以下的溫度下進行加熱而形成第一配線層的步驟。In particular, in order to obtain a touch panel with less yellowing and excellent conductivity (such as the touch panel 7 shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B), it is preferable to include in its manufacturing steps: A step of forming a polyimide resin film by heating at a temperature of 300 ° C to 450 ° C in an environment, and heating at a temperature of 100 ° C to 300 ° C in an environment with an oxygen concentration of 15% or more The step of forming a first wiring layer.
(形成第一絕緣層的步驟) 於第一配線層上形成第一絕緣層(例如圖1A、圖1B所示的第一絕緣層4)的方法較佳為包括:於第一配線層上塗佈絕緣性組成物的塗佈步驟、使該塗佈膜乾燥的預烘烤步驟、對該預烘烤膜進行曝光及顯影來形成圖案的步驟(曝光步驟、顯影步驟)、及使該圖案固化的固化步驟。各步驟可與形成第一配線層的情況同樣地進行。(Step of Forming First Insulating Layer) A method of forming a first insulating layer (such as the first insulating layer 4 shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B) on the first wiring layer preferably includes: coating the first wiring layer A coating step of a cloth insulating composition, a pre-baking step of drying the coating film, a step of exposing and developing the pre-baking film to form a pattern (exposure step, developing step), and curing the pattern Curing step. Each step can be performed in the same manner as in the case of forming the first wiring layer.
(形成第二配線層、第二絕緣層的步驟) 繼而,於第一絕緣層上形成第二配線層(例如圖1A、圖1B所示的第二配線層5)。第二配線層可利用與第一配線層相同的方法來形成。於第二配線層上,例如可如圖1A、圖1B中的第二絕緣層6所例示般形成第二絕緣層。藉由形成第二絕緣層,可抑制大氣中的水分到達第二配線層而提高觸控面板的耐濕熱性。第二絕緣層可利用與第一絕緣層相同的方法來形成。(Step of Forming Second Wiring Layer and Second Insulating Layer) Next, a second wiring layer (for example, the second wiring layer 5 shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B) is formed on the first insulating layer. The second wiring layer can be formed by the same method as the first wiring layer. On the second wiring layer, for example, a second insulating layer may be formed as illustrated in the second insulating layer 6 in FIGS. 1A and 1B. By forming the second insulating layer, it is possible to suppress moisture in the atmosphere from reaching the second wiring layer and improve the moisture and heat resistance of the touch panel. The second insulating layer can be formed by the same method as the first insulating layer.
<彩色濾光片> 本發明的實施形態的彩色濾光片包括所述積層體。利用圖式對本發明的實施形態的彩色濾光片的構成的例子進行說明。<Color filter> The color filter according to the embodiment of the present invention includes the laminated body. An example of a configuration of a color filter according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
圖2是表示包含本發明的實施形態的積層體的彩色濾光片的一構成例的圖。如圖2所示,該彩色濾光片8依次包括聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1、以及阻氣層2。即,彩色濾光片8中,積層體是由聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1、及形成(積層)於其上的阻氣層2構成。另外,彩色濾光片8於該阻氣層2上包括黑色矩陣9、紅色畫素10R、綠色畫素10G、藍色畫素10B、以及外塗層11。紅色畫素10R為紅色的著色畫素。綠色畫素10G為綠色的著色畫素。藍色畫素10B為藍色的著色畫素。外塗層11是以覆蓋該些黑色矩陣9、紅色畫素10R、綠色畫素10G、及藍色畫素10B的方式形成。FIG. 2 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a color filter including a laminated body according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 2, the color filter 8 includes a polyimide resin film 1 and a gas barrier layer 2 in this order. That is, in the color filter 8, the laminated body is composed of a polyimide resin film 1 and a gas barrier layer 2 formed (laminated) thereon. In addition, the color filter 8 includes a black matrix 9, a red pixel 10R, a green pixel 10G, a blue pixel 10B, and an overcoat layer 11 on the gas barrier layer 2. The red pixel 10R is a red color pixel. The green pixel 10G is a green color pixel. The blue pixel 10B is a blue color pixel. The overcoat layer 11 is formed so as to cover the black matrix 9, the red pixels 10R, the green pixels 10G, and the blue pixels 10B.
黑色矩陣9較佳為使黑色顏料分散於樹脂中而成的樹脂黑色矩陣。作為黑色顏料的例子,可列舉:碳黑、鈦黑、氧化鈦、氧化氮化鈦或氮化鈦。尤其適宜的是碳黑、鈦黑。另外,亦可將紅色顏料、綠色顏料、藍色顏料混合而用作黑色顏料。The black matrix 9 is preferably a resin black matrix in which a black pigment is dispersed in a resin. Examples of the black pigment include carbon black, titanium black, titanium oxide, titanium oxide nitride, or titanium nitride. Particularly suitable are carbon black and titanium black. Moreover, a red pigment, a green pigment, and a blue pigment may be mixed and used as a black pigment.
作為樹脂黑色矩陣中使用的樹脂,因容易形成細圖案,因此較佳為聚醯亞胺樹脂。聚醯亞胺樹脂較佳為將由酸酐與二胺合成的聚醯胺酸於圖案加工後熱硬化而形成聚醯亞胺樹脂而成者。作為酸酐、二胺及溶劑的例子,可使用所述聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)中所列舉者。As the resin used in the resin black matrix, a polyimide resin is preferable because it can easily form a fine pattern. The polyfluorene imine resin is preferably one obtained by thermally curing a polyfluorine acid synthesized from an acid anhydride and a diamine after pattern processing to form a polyfluorine resin. As examples of the acid anhydride, the diamine, and the solvent, those listed in the polyfluorene imine precursor (A) can be used.
作為樹脂黑色矩陣中使用的樹脂,亦較佳為感光性丙烯酸樹脂。使用其的樹脂黑色矩陣較佳為包含分散有黑色顏料的鹼可溶性丙烯酸樹脂、光聚合性單體、高分子分散劑及添加劑。作為鹼可溶性丙烯酸樹脂的例子,可列舉不飽和羧酸與乙烯性不飽和化合物的共聚物。The resin used in the resin black matrix is also preferably a photosensitive acrylic resin. The resin black matrix used therefor is preferably an alkali-soluble acrylic resin in which a black pigment is dispersed, a photopolymerizable monomer, a polymer dispersant, and an additive. Examples of the alkali-soluble acrylic resin include a copolymer of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an ethylenically unsaturated compound.
著色畫素通常包含紅、綠、藍此三色著色畫素(即,紅色畫素10R、綠色畫素10G、及藍色畫素10B)。另外,除了三色著色畫素以外,藉由形成無色透明的畫素、或者極薄地附著的第四色畫素,亦可提高顯示裝置的白色顯示的亮度。作為紅色畫素10R、綠色畫素10G、及藍色畫素10B中使用的樹脂的例子,可列舉丙烯酸系樹脂、環氧系樹脂或聚醯亞胺系樹脂,因可使彩色濾光片8的製造成本廉價,因此較佳為感光性丙烯酸系樹脂。感光性丙烯酸系樹脂通常含有鹼可溶性樹脂、光聚合性單體及光聚合起始劑。作為鹼可溶性樹脂的例子,可列舉不飽和羧酸與乙烯性不飽和化合物的共聚物。The colored pixels usually include three colored pixels of red, green, and blue (that is, red pixels 10R, green pixels 10G, and blue pixels 10B). In addition to the three-color colored pixels, the brightness of white display of the display device can also be improved by forming colorless and transparent pixels or a fourth-color pixel that is extremely thinly attached. Examples of the resin used in the red pixel 10R, the green pixel 10G, and the blue pixel 10B include an acrylic resin, an epoxy resin, or a polyimide resin. The color filter 8 can be used. Since it is cheap to manufacture, a photosensitive acrylic resin is preferred. The photosensitive acrylic resin usually contains an alkali-soluble resin, a photopolymerizable monomer, and a photopolymerization initiator. Examples of the alkali-soluble resin include a copolymer of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an ethylenically unsaturated compound.
使用本發明的實施形態的積層體的彩色濾光片的製造方法例如包括下述形成步驟及剝離步驟。該彩色濾光片的製造方法中,形成步驟為於所述積層體上形成黑色矩陣及著色畫素的步驟。剝離步驟為自所述支撐基板剝離所述積層體的步驟。彩色濾光片的製造方法中的剝離步驟可依據所述積層體的製造方法來進行。另一方面,彩色濾光片的製造方法中的形成步驟中,例如如下所述來形成黑色矩陣(圖2中,黑色矩陣9)。The manufacturing method of the color filter using the laminated body of embodiment of this invention includes the following formation process and peeling process, for example. In the method for manufacturing a color filter, the forming step is a step of forming a black matrix and colored pixels on the laminated body. The peeling step is a step of peeling the laminated body from the support substrate. The peeling step in the method of manufacturing a color filter can be performed according to the method of manufacturing the laminated body. On the other hand, in the forming step in the method of manufacturing a color filter, a black matrix is formed, for example, as described below (black matrix 9 in FIG. 2).
詳細而言,彩色濾光片的製造方法中的形成步驟中,於積層體上(例如圖2所示的阻氣層2上)利用旋塗機或模塗機等方法以固化後的膜厚為1 μm的方式塗佈分散有黑色顏料的包含聚醯胺酸的樹脂黑色矩陣用黑色樹脂組成物。將其於60 Pa以下減壓乾燥後,利用110℃~140℃的熱風烘箱或加熱板進行半固化。In detail, in the forming step in the method for manufacturing a color filter, a spin coater or a die coater is used to form a cured film thickness on a laminated body (for example, on the gas barrier layer 2 shown in FIG. 2). A black resin composition for a black matrix containing a polyamino acid-containing resin in which a black pigment is dispersed is applied so as to be 1 μm. After drying under reduced pressure at 60 Pa or lower, semi-curing is performed using a hot air oven or a hot plate at 110 ° C to 140 ° C.
其次,利用旋塗機或模塗機等方法,以預烘烤後的膜厚為1.2 μm的方式塗佈正型抗蝕劑。將其於80 Pa下減壓乾燥後,利用80℃~110℃的熱風烘箱或加熱板進行預烘烤,而形成抗蝕劑膜。其後,利用接近式曝光機或投影曝光機等,介隔光罩,利用紫外線選擇性地進行曝光。而且,藉由在1.5重量%~3.0重量%的氫氧化鉀或四甲基氫氧化銨等鹼性顯影液中浸漬20秒~300秒而將曝光部去除。於使用剝離液剝離正型抗蝕劑後,利用200℃~300℃的熱風烘箱或加熱板進行10分鐘~60分鐘加熱,藉此使聚醯胺酸轉變為聚醯亞胺,於樹脂膜上形成分散有黑色顏料的樹脂黑色矩陣(例如圖2中所示的黑色矩陣9)。再者,於利用感光性樹脂來形成的情況下,可不塗佈正型抗蝕劑地進行曝光、顯影。Next, using a spin coater or a die coater, a positive resist is applied so that the film thickness after the pre-baking is 1.2 μm. This was dried under reduced pressure at 80 Pa, and then pre-baked using a hot air oven or hot plate at 80 ° C to 110 ° C to form a resist film. Thereafter, the exposure is selectively performed with ultraviolet rays through a photomask using a proximity exposure machine, a projection exposure machine, or the like. Then, the exposed portion is removed by immersion in an alkaline developing solution such as potassium hydroxide or tetramethylammonium hydroxide at 1.5 to 3.0% by weight for 20 seconds to 300 seconds. After the positive resist is peeled off using a stripping solution, it is heated in a hot air oven or a hot plate at 200 ° C to 300 ° C for 10 to 60 minutes, thereby converting the polyamic acid to polyimide, and then on the resin film A resin black matrix (for example, black matrix 9 shown in FIG. 2) in which a black pigment is dispersed is formed. In the case of using a photosensitive resin, exposure and development can be performed without applying a positive resist.
繼而,於形成樹脂黑色矩陣後的積層體上例如利用以下方法來形成著色畫素。本實施形態中,作為著色畫素,例如形成有圖2所示的紅色畫素10R、綠色畫素10G、及藍色畫素10B。Next, colored pixels are formed on the multilayer body after the resin black matrix is formed, for example, by the following method. In this embodiment, as the colored pixels, for example, red pixels 10R, green pixels 10G, and blue pixels 10B shown in FIG. 2 are formed.
彩色濾光片的著色畫素是使用著色劑與樹脂而製作。於使用顏料作為著色劑的情況下,於在顏料中混合高分子分散劑及溶媒並進行分散處理後,添加鹼可溶性樹脂、單體及光聚合起始劑等。另一方面,於使用染料作為著色劑的情況下,於染料中添加溶媒、鹼可溶性樹脂、單體及光聚合性起始劑等。該情況下的所有固體成分是作為樹脂成分的高分子分散劑、鹼可溶性樹脂及單體與著色劑的合計。The color pixels of the color filter are produced using a colorant and a resin. When a pigment is used as the colorant, a polymer dispersant and a solvent are mixed with the pigment and the dispersion treatment is performed, and then an alkali-soluble resin, a monomer, a photopolymerization initiator, and the like are added. On the other hand, when a dye is used as a colorant, a solvent, an alkali-soluble resin, a monomer, a photopolymerizable initiator, and the like are added to the dye. In this case, all the solid components are the total of the polymer dispersant, the alkali-soluble resin, the monomer, and the coloring agent as the resin component.
繼而,於形成有樹脂黑色矩陣的透明基板上利用旋塗機或模塗機等方法,以加熱處理後的膜厚為0.8 μm~3.0 μm的目標膜厚的方式塗佈所獲得的著色劑組成物。將其於80 Pa下減壓乾燥後,利用80℃~110℃的熱風烘箱或加熱板進行預烘烤,而形成著色劑的塗佈膜。Next, the obtained colorant composition is applied on a transparent substrate on which a resin black matrix is formed by a spin coater or a die coater to a target film thickness of 0.8 μm to 3.0 μm after the heat treatment. Thing. After drying under reduced pressure at 80 Pa, it is pre-baked in a hot air oven or hot plate at 80 ° C to 110 ° C to form a coating film of a coloring agent.
其次,利用接近式曝光機或投影曝光機等,介隔光罩,選擇性地進行曝光。其後,藉由在0.02重量%~1.0重量%的氫氧化鉀水溶液或四甲基氫氧化銨水溶液等鹼性顯影液中浸漬20秒~300秒而將未曝光部去除。藉由利用180℃~250℃的熱風烘箱或加熱板對所獲得的塗佈膜圖案進行5分鐘~40分鐘加熱處理而形成著色畫素。使用按照著色畫素的每種顏色而製作的著色劑組成物,對紅色的著色畫素(例如紅色畫素10R)、綠色的著色畫素(例如綠色畫素10G)及藍色的著色畫素(例如藍色畫素10B)依次進行所述般的圖案化步驟。再者,著色畫素的圖案化的順序並無特別限定。Next, exposure is selectively performed using a proximity exposure machine, a projection exposure machine, or the like through a photomask. Thereafter, the unexposed portion is removed by immersing it in an alkaline developing solution such as a potassium hydroxide aqueous solution or a tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution for 0.02% to 1.0% by weight for 20 seconds to 300 seconds. The obtained coating film pattern is subjected to heat treatment for 5 to 40 minutes using a hot air oven or a hot plate at 180 ° C to 250 ° C to form colored pixels. Using a coloring agent composition prepared for each color of a coloring pixel, red coloring pixels (for example, red pixel 10R), green coloring pixels (for example, green pixel 10G), and blue coloring pixels (Eg, blue pixels 10B) sequentially perform the general patterning steps. The order of patterning the colored pixels is not particularly limited.
另外,本實施形態的彩色濾光片的製造方法中,亦可於彩色濾光片上設置平坦化層。作為平坦化層的形成中使用的樹脂的例子,可列舉:環氧樹脂、丙烯酸環氧樹脂、丙烯酸樹脂、矽氧烷樹脂或聚醯亞胺樹脂。作為平坦化層的膜厚,較佳為表面平坦的厚度,具體而言更佳為0.5 μm~5.0 μm,進而佳為1.0 μm~3.0 μm。In the method for manufacturing a color filter according to this embodiment, a flattening layer may be provided on the color filter. Examples of the resin used in the formation of the planarization layer include epoxy resin, acrylic epoxy resin, acrylic resin, siloxane resin, or polyimide resin. The film thickness of the planarization layer is preferably a thickness having a flat surface, more specifically 0.5 μm to 5.0 μm, and still more preferably 1.0 μm to 3.0 μm.
<液晶元件> 本發明的實施形態的液晶元件包括所述積層體。利用圖式對本發明的實施形態的液晶元件的構成的一例進行說明。<Liquid crystal element> A liquid crystal element according to an embodiment of the present invention includes the laminated body. An example of the structure of the liquid crystal element of embodiment of this invention is demonstrated using drawing.
圖3是表示包含本發明的實施形態的積層體的液晶元件的一構成例的圖。如圖3所示,該液晶元件12包括:聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1-1、聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1-2、阻氣層2、畫素電極13、第一配向膜14、第二配向膜15、相向電極16、液晶層17、以及偏光板18。FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a configuration example of a liquid crystal element including a laminated body according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the liquid crystal element 12 includes a polyimide resin film 1-1, a polyimide resin film 1-2, a gas barrier layer 2, a pixel electrode 13, a first alignment film 14, and a second The alignment film 15, the opposite electrode 16, the liquid crystal layer 17, and the polarizing plate 18.
圖3所示的液晶元件12中,作為第一基材的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1-1與作為第二基材的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1-2具有間隙且相向配置。於該些之間設置有液晶層17。於聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1-1上設置有作為無機膜的阻氣層2,於其上設置有由氧化銦錫(Indium Tin Oxide,ITO)、氧化銦鋅(Indium Zinc Oxide,IZO)等透明導電膜形成的作為透明電極的畫素電極13、以及第一配向膜14。如此,藉由在聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1-1上形成具有阻氣層2的積層體,可對聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1-1賦予阻氣性,可抑制水分或氧所引起的電極的劣化。In the liquid crystal element 12 shown in FIG. 3, the polyimide resin film 1-1 as a first base material and the polyimide resin film 1-2 as a second base material are arranged facing each other with a gap. A liquid crystal layer 17 is provided between these. A gas barrier layer 2 as an inorganic film is provided on the polyimide resin film 1-1, and an indium tin oxide (ITO), indium zinc oxide (IZO), or the like is provided thereon. A pixel electrode 13 as a transparent electrode formed by a transparent conductive film, and a first alignment film 14. As described above, by forming a laminate having the gas barrier layer 2 on the polyimide resin film 1-1, it is possible to impart gas barrier properties to the polyimide resin film 1-1, and to suppress an electrode caused by moisture or oxygen Degradation.
另外,於聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1-2的相向面(與聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1-1相向的面)上設置有作為無機膜的阻氣層2。如此,藉由構成具有聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1-2與阻氣層2的積層體,可對聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1-2賦予阻氣性,可抑制水分或氧所引起的電極的劣化。於該阻氣層2的液晶層17側的面上以與畫素電極13相向的方式設置作為透明電極的相向電極16。另外,於相向電極16的液晶層17側的面上設置第二配向膜15。In addition, a gas barrier layer 2 as an inorganic film is provided on the facing surface of the polyimide resin film 1-2 (the surface facing the polyimide resin film 1-1). In this way, by forming a laminate having the polyimide resin film 1-2 and the gas barrier layer 2, it is possible to impart gas barrier properties to the polyimide resin film 1-2 and suppress the electrode caused by moisture or oxygen. Degradation. A counter electrode 16 as a transparent electrode is provided on a surface on the liquid crystal layer 17 side of the gas barrier layer 2 so as to face the pixel electrode 13. A second alignment film 15 is provided on a surface on the liquid crystal layer 17 side of the opposing electrode 16.
使用本發明的實施形態的積層體的液晶元件的製造方法例如包括下述形成步驟及剝離步驟。該液晶元件的製造方法中,形成步驟為於所述積層體上形成透明電極、配向膜及液晶層的步驟。剝離步驟為自所述支撐基板剝離所述積層體的步驟。液晶元件的製造方法中的剝離步驟可依據所述積層體的製造方法來進行。另一方面,液晶元件的製造方法中的形成步驟例如可以如下方式來進行。The manufacturing method of the liquid crystal element using the laminated body of embodiment of this invention includes the following formation process and peeling process, for example. In the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal element, the forming step is a step of forming a transparent electrode, an alignment film, and a liquid crystal layer on the laminated body. The peeling step is a step of peeling the laminated body from the support substrate. The peeling process in the manufacturing method of a liquid crystal element can be performed according to the manufacturing method of the said laminated body. On the other hand, the formation process in the manufacturing method of a liquid crystal element can be performed as follows, for example.
詳細而言,液晶元件的製造方法中的形成步驟中,首先,於成為第一支撐基材的積層體上形成畫素電極(例如圖3所示的畫素電極13),於成為第二支撐基材的積層體上形成相向電極(例如圖3所示的相向電極16)。本實施形態中,成為第一支撐基材的積層體包含圖3所示的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1-1及阻氣層2。成為第二支撐基材的積層體包含圖3所示的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1-2及阻氣層2。畫素電極及相向電極的形成方法只要為可形成目標薄膜、圖案的方法,則可為任意的方法,例如適合的是濺鍍法、真空蒸鍍法、離子鍍法、電漿CVD法等在氣相中使金屬氧化物堆積而形成膜的氣相堆積法等。畫素電極及相向電極的膜厚分別較佳為20 nm~500 nm,進而佳為50 nm~300 nm。In detail, in the forming step in the method for manufacturing a liquid crystal element, first, a pixel electrode (for example, the pixel electrode 13 shown in FIG. 3) is formed on a multilayer body that becomes a first supporting substrate, and then a second support is formed. A counter electrode (for example, the counter electrode 16 shown in FIG. 3) is formed on the laminated body of the substrate. In this embodiment, the laminated body that becomes the first support base material includes the polyimide resin film 1-1 and the gas barrier layer 2 shown in FIG. 3. The laminated body to be the second supporting base material includes a polyimide resin film 1-2 and a gas barrier layer 2 shown in FIG. 3. The method of forming the pixel electrode and the opposite electrode may be any method as long as it can form a target film or pattern. For example, a sputtering method, a vacuum evaporation method, an ion plating method, and a plasma CVD method are suitable. A vapor deposition method in which a metal oxide is deposited in a gas phase to form a film. The film thicknesses of the pixel electrode and the opposite electrode are preferably 20 nm to 500 nm, and more preferably 50 nm to 300 nm.
其次,於畫素電極上形成第一配向膜(例如圖3所示的第一配向膜14),於相向電極上形成第二配向膜(例如圖3所示的第二配向膜15)。該些配向膜的形成中使用的材料及形成方法可使用公知者。例如,可利用印刷法塗佈包含聚醯亞胺樹脂的配向膜,使用加熱板於250℃下進行10分鐘加熱,並對所獲得的膜實施摩擦處理,藉此而形成。第一配向膜及第二配向膜的厚度只要為可使液晶層(圖3中,液晶層17)的液晶配向的厚度即可,分別較佳為20 nm~150 nm。Next, a first alignment film (for example, the first alignment film 14 shown in FIG. 3) is formed on the pixel electrode, and a second alignment film (for example, the second alignment film 15 shown in FIG. 3) is formed on the opposite electrode. A known material can be used as a material and a method for forming these alignment films. For example, it can be formed by applying an alignment film containing polyfluorene imide resin by a printing method, heating at 250 ° C. for 10 minutes using a hot plate, and subjecting the obtained film to a rubbing treatment. The thicknesses of the first alignment film and the second alignment film only need to be those that can align the liquid crystal of the liquid crystal layer (the liquid crystal layer 17 in FIG. 3), and are preferably 20 nm to 150 nm, respectively.
其次,形成液晶層。關於液晶層的形成,可使用公知的方法,例如可利用以下方法來形成液晶層。首先,藉由分配法(dispense method)將密封劑塗佈於第二配向膜上,使用加熱板於90℃下進行10分鐘加熱。另一方面,於第一配向膜上散佈直徑5.5 μm的球狀間隔物。將其與塗佈有密封劑的基板(第二配向膜)重合,一邊於烘箱中進行加壓,一邊於160℃下加熱90分鐘而使密封劑硬化,從而獲得單元。繼而,將單元於120℃的溫度、13.3 Pa的壓力下放置4小時,其後,於氮氣中放置0.5小時後,再次於真空下填充液晶化合物。液晶化合物的填充是藉由如下方式進行:將單元加入至腔室中,於室溫下減壓至13.3 Pa的壓力後,將液晶注入口浸漬於液晶中,使用氮氣並恢復至常壓。於填充液晶後,利用紫外線硬化樹脂將液晶注入口封口。如此,於第一配向膜與第二配向膜之間形成液晶層(例如圖3所示的液晶層17)。Next, a liquid crystal layer is formed. As for the formation of the liquid crystal layer, a known method can be used. For example, the liquid crystal layer can be formed by the following method. First, a sealant was applied to the second alignment film by a dispensing method, and heated at 90 ° C. for 10 minutes using a hot plate. On the other hand, a spherical spacer having a diameter of 5.5 μm was spread on the first alignment film. This was superimposed on a substrate (second alignment film) coated with a sealant, and heated at 160 ° C. for 90 minutes to harden the sealant while pressing in an oven to obtain a unit. Subsequently, the cell was left at a temperature of 120 ° C. and a pressure of 13.3 Pa for 4 hours, and then left under nitrogen for 0.5 hour, and then the liquid crystal compound was filled again under vacuum. The filling of the liquid crystal compound is performed by adding a cell to the chamber, decompressing it to a pressure of 13.3 Pa at room temperature, immersing the liquid crystal injection port in the liquid crystal, and returning to normal pressure using nitrogen. After filling the liquid crystal, the liquid crystal injection port is sealed with an ultraviolet curing resin. In this way, a liquid crystal layer (for example, the liquid crystal layer 17 shown in FIG. 3) is formed between the first alignment film and the second alignment film.
經過該些步驟後,自支撐基板剝離聚醯亞胺樹脂膜(圖3中,聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1-1、聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1-2),並於第一基材(聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1-1)及第二基材(聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1-2)的各者上貼附偏光板18。藉此,可獲得液晶元件(例如圖3所示的液晶元件12)。After these steps, the polyimide resin film (polyimide resin film 1-1, polyimide resin film 1-2) is peeled from the supporting substrate, and The polarizing plate 18 is attached to each of the fluorene imide resin film 1-1) and the second base material (polyimide resin film 1-2). Thereby, a liquid crystal element (for example, the liquid crystal element 12 shown in FIG. 3) can be obtained.
<有機EL元件> 本發明的實施形態的有機EL元件包括所述積層體。利用圖式對本發明的實施形態的有機EL元件的構成的例子進行說明。<Organic EL Element> An organic EL element according to an embodiment of the present invention includes the laminated body. An example of the configuration of the organic EL element according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
圖4是表示包含本發明的實施形態的積層體的有機EL元件的一構成例的圖。如圖4所示,該有機EL元件19包括:聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1、阻氣層2、TFT層20、平坦化層21、第一電極22、絕緣層23、紅色有機EL發光層24R、綠色有機EL發光層24G、藍色有機EL發光層24B、以及第二電極25。FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a configuration example of an organic EL element including a laminated body according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 4, the organic EL element 19 includes a polyimide resin film 1, a gas barrier layer 2, a TFT layer 20, a planarization layer 21, a first electrode 22, an insulating layer 23, and a red organic EL light emitting layer 24R. , A green organic EL light-emitting layer 24G, a blue organic EL light-emitting layer 24B, and a second electrode 25.
圖4所示的有機EL元件19中,於聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1上形成有作為無機膜的阻氣層2。該些聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1及阻氣層2構成有機EL元件19中所含的積層體。另外,如圖4所示,於阻氣層2上設置有包含非晶矽、低溫多晶矽、氧化物半導體等的TFT層20、及平坦化層21。進而,於TFT層20及平坦化層21上設置有包含Al/ITO等的第一電極22、及被覆第一電極22的端部的絕緣層23。於第一電極22上設置有紅色有機EL發光層24R、綠色有機EL發光層24G、以及藍色有機EL發光層24B。紅色有機EL發光層24R、綠色有機EL發光層24G以及藍色有機EL發光層24B分別包含電洞注入層、電洞傳輸層、發光層、電子傳輸層、電子注入層。於該些絕緣層23、紅色有機EL發光層24R、綠色有機EL發光層24G以及藍色有機EL發光層24B上形成有包含ITO等的第二電極25。第二電極25如圖4所示,是由阻氣層2密封。有機EL元件19中,TFT層20、平坦化層21、第一電極22、絕緣層23、紅色有機EL發光層24R、綠色有機EL發光層24G、藍色有機EL發光層24B、第二電極25、及作為密封膜的阻氣層2構成積層體上的有機EL發光電路。In the organic EL element 19 shown in FIG. 4, a gas barrier layer 2 as an inorganic film is formed on the polyimide resin film 1. These polyimide resin films 1 and the gas barrier layer 2 constitute a laminated body included in the organic EL element 19. As shown in FIG. 4, a TFT layer 20 including an amorphous silicon, a low-temperature polycrystalline silicon, an oxide semiconductor, and the like, and a planarization layer 21 are provided on the gas barrier layer 2. Further, on the TFT layer 20 and the planarization layer 21, a first electrode 22 including Al / ITO and the like, and an insulating layer 23 covering an end portion of the first electrode 22 are provided. A red organic EL light emitting layer 24R, a green organic EL light emitting layer 24G, and a blue organic EL light emitting layer 24B are provided on the first electrode 22. The red organic EL light emitting layer 24R, the green organic EL light emitting layer 24G, and the blue organic EL light emitting layer 24B include a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, a light emitting layer, an electron transport layer, and an electron injection layer, respectively. A second electrode 25 including ITO or the like is formed on the insulating layers 23, the red organic EL light emitting layer 24R, the green organic EL light emitting layer 24G, and the blue organic EL light emitting layer 24B. As shown in FIG. 4, the second electrode 25 is sealed by the gas barrier layer 2. In the organic EL element 19, the TFT layer 20, the planarization layer 21, the first electrode 22, the insulating layer 23, the red organic EL light emitting layer 24R, the green organic EL light emitting layer 24G, the blue organic EL light emitting layer 24B, and the second electrode 25 And the gas barrier layer 2 as a sealing film constitute an organic EL light-emitting circuit on a laminated body.
使用本發明的實施形態的積層體的有機EL元件的製造方法例如包括下述形成步驟及剝離步驟。該有機EL元件的製造方法中,形成步驟為於所述積層體上形成有機EL發光電路的步驟。剝離步驟為自所述支撐基板剝離所述積層體的步驟。有機EL元件的製造方法中的剝離步驟可依據所述積層體的製造方法來進行。另一方面,有機EL元件的製造方法中的形成步驟例如可以如下方式進行。The manufacturing method of the organic EL element using the laminated body of embodiment of this invention includes the following formation steps and peeling steps, for example. In the method for manufacturing an organic EL element, the forming step is a step of forming an organic EL light-emitting circuit on the laminated body. The peeling step is a step of peeling the laminated body from the support substrate. The peeling step in the manufacturing method of the organic EL element can be performed according to the manufacturing method of the laminated body. On the other hand, the formation step in the method of manufacturing an organic EL element can be performed, for example, as follows.
詳細而言,有機EL元件的製造方法中的形成步驟中,首先,於所述積層體上形成TFT層。作為用於形成TFT層的半導體層,可列舉:非晶矽半導體、多晶矽半導體、InGaZnO所代表的氧化物半導體、稠五苯或聚噻吩所代表的有機物半導體等。形成TFT層的具體方法為如下所述。例如,將本發明的實施形態的積層體作為基材,利用公知的方法依次形成阻氣膜、閘極電極、閘極絕緣膜、多晶矽半導體層、蝕刻終止層、源極·汲極電極。藉此,可製作底部閘極型TFT等TFT層(例如圖4所示的TFT層20)。Specifically, in the forming step in the method of manufacturing an organic EL element, first, a TFT layer is formed on the laminated body. Examples of the semiconductor layer used to form the TFT layer include an amorphous silicon semiconductor, a polycrystalline silicon semiconductor, an oxide semiconductor represented by InGaZnO, and an organic semiconductor represented by pentacene or polythiophene. A specific method of forming the TFT layer is as follows. For example, using a multilayer body according to an embodiment of the present invention as a substrate, a gas barrier film, a gate electrode, a gate insulating film, a polycrystalline silicon semiconductor layer, an etching stopper layer, and a source / drain electrode are sequentially formed by a known method. Thereby, a TFT layer such as a bottom gate TFT (for example, the TFT layer 20 shown in FIG. 4) can be fabricated.
其次,於TFT層上形成平坦化層(例如圖4所示的平坦化層21)。作為平坦化層的形成中使用的樹脂的例子,可列舉:環氧樹脂、丙烯酸環氧樹脂、丙烯酸樹脂、聚矽氧烷樹脂或聚醯亞胺樹脂。進而,於該平坦化層上形成電極及有機層。具體而言,形成包含Al/ITO等的第一電極(例如圖4所示的第一電極22)。其次,作為有機層,設置具有被覆第一電極的端部的絕緣層(例如圖4所示的絕緣層23)且包含電洞注入層、電洞傳輸層、發光層、電子傳輸層、電子注入層的白色有機EL發光層。本實施形態中,該白色有機EL發光層是由紅色有機EL發光層24R與綠色有機EL發光層24G及藍色有機EL發光層24B構成。進而,於該白色有機EL發光層上形成包含ITO等的第二電極(例如圖4所示的第二電極25),其後形成密封該第二電極的密封膜(圖4中,第二電極25上的阻氣層2)。如此,可獲得有機EL元件(例如圖4所示的有機EL元件19)。 [實施例]Next, a planarization layer (for example, the planarization layer 21 shown in FIG. 4) is formed on the TFT layer. Examples of the resin used in the formation of the planarization layer include epoxy resin, acrylic epoxy resin, acrylic resin, polysiloxane resin, and polyimide resin. Further, an electrode and an organic layer are formed on the planarization layer. Specifically, a first electrode (for example, the first electrode 22 shown in FIG. 4) including Al / ITO or the like is formed. Next, as the organic layer, an insulating layer (for example, insulating layer 23 shown in FIG. 4) covering the end portion of the first electrode is provided, and includes a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, a light emitting layer, an electron transport layer, and an electron injection. Layer of a white organic EL light emitting layer. In this embodiment, the white organic EL light emitting layer is composed of a red organic EL light emitting layer 24R, a green organic EL light emitting layer 24G, and a blue organic EL light emitting layer 24B. Further, a second electrode (for example, the second electrode 25 shown in FIG. 4) containing ITO or the like is formed on the white organic EL light-emitting layer, and a sealing film (the second electrode in FIG. 4) is formed to seal the second electrode. 25 on the gas barrier layer 2). In this way, an organic EL element (for example, the organic EL element 19 shown in FIG. 4) can be obtained. [Example]
以下,列舉實施例等對本發明進行說明,但本發明並不由下述實施例等限定。首先,對下述實施例及比較例中使用的材料、進行的測定及評價等進行說明。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described with examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples and the like. First, the materials used in the following Examples and Comparative Examples, and the measurements and evaluations performed will be described.
<材料> 作為酸二酐,適宜使用以下所示者。 BSAA:2,2-雙(4-(3,4-二羧基苯氧基)苯基)丙烷二酐 ODPA:3,3',4,4'-二苯基醚四羧酸二酐 PMDA:1,2,4,5-苯四羧酸二酐 PMDA-HS:1R,2S,4S,5R-環己烷四羧酸二酐 BPAF:4,4'-(茀基)二鄰苯二甲酸酐 X-22-168-P5-B:兩末端羧酸酐改質甲基苯基矽油(信越化學公司製造)<Material> As the acid dianhydride, the following is suitably used. BSAA: 2,2-bis (4- (3,4-dicarboxyphenoxy) phenyl) propane dianhydride ODPA: 3,3 ', 4,4'-diphenyl ether tetracarboxylic dianhydride PMDA: 1,2,4,5-benzenetetracarboxylic dianhydride PMDA-HS: 1R, 2S, 4S, 5R-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride BPAF: 4,4 '-(fluorenyl) diphthalic acid Acid anhydride X-22-168-P5-B: modified methylphenyl silicone oil at both ends of carboxylic anhydride (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
作為二胺化合物,適宜使用以下所示者。 CHDA:反式-1,4-二胺基環己烷 TFMB:2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)聯苯胺 m-TB:2,2'-二甲基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯 4,4'-DDS:4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸 X22-1660B-3:兩末端胺改質甲基苯基矽油(信越化學公司製造)As a diamine compound, the following is suitably used. CHDA: trans-1,4-diaminocyclohexane TFMB: 2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzidine m-TB: 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-di Aminobiphenyl 4,4'-DDS: 4,4'-diaminodiphenylfluorene X22-1660B-3: Both terminal amines modified methylphenyl silicone oil (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)
作為三胺化合物,適宜使用以下所示者。 1,3,5-TAPOB:1,3,5-三(4-胺基苯氧基)苯 另外,作為四胺化合物,適宜使用以下所示者。 TAB-S:3,3',4,4'-四胺基二苯基碸As a triamine compound, the following is suitably used. 1,3,5-TAPOB: 1,3,5-tris (4-aminophenoxy) benzene In addition, as a tetraamine compound, the following is suitably used. TAB-S: 3,3 ', 4,4'-tetraaminodiphenylphosphonium
作為溶劑(例如溶媒(B)中所含的溶媒(B1)、溶媒(B2)),適宜使用以下所示者。 NMP:N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(SP值:10.05,蒸氣壓(20℃):39 Pa) GBL:γ-丁內酯(SP值:10.52,蒸氣壓(20℃):150 Pa) MMBAc:3-甲氧基-3-甲基-1-丁基乙酸酯(SP值:8.85,蒸氣壓(20℃):53 Pa) DPMA:二丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯(SP值:8.99,蒸氣壓(20℃):6.8 Pa) PGME:丙二醇單甲醚(SP值:11.27,蒸氣壓(20℃):1150 Pa) DMIB:N,N-二甲基異丁基醯胺(SP值:8.81,蒸氣壓(20℃):167 Pa) BDGAc:丁基二甘醇乙酸酯(SP值:9.19,蒸氣壓(20℃):5.3 Pa) 正辛烷(SP值:7.55,蒸氣壓(20℃):1330 Pa) 1,3-伸丁基二甘醇(SP值:12.75,蒸氣壓(20℃):8 Pa)As a solvent (for example, the solvent (B1) and the solvent (B2) contained in the solvent (B)), the following are suitably used. NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (SP value: 10.05, vapor pressure (20 ° C): 39 Pa) GBL: γ-butyrolactone (SP value: 10.52, vapor pressure (20 ° C): 150 Pa ) MMBAc: 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate (SP value: 8.85, vapor pressure (20 ° C): 53 Pa) DPMA: dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate (SP value: 8.99, Vapor pressure (20 ° C): 6.8 Pa) PGME: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (SP value: 11.27, Vapor pressure (20 ° C): 1150 Pa) DMIB: N, N-dimethylisobutylamidamine (SP Value: 8.81, vapor pressure (20 ° C): 167 Pa) BDGAc: butyl diethylene glycol acetate (SP value: 9.19, vapor pressure (20 ° C): 5.3 Pa) n-octane (SP value: 7.55, vapor Pressure (20 ° C): 1330 Pa) 1,3-Butylene diethylene glycol (SP value: 12.75, Vapor pressure (20 ° C): 8 Pa)
作為鹼可溶性樹脂,適宜使用以下所示者。 鹼可溶性樹脂(AR):使0.4當量的甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯與包含甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸甲酯/苯乙烯=54/23/23(莫耳%)的共聚物的羧基進行加成反應而成者(重量平均分子量(Mw):29,000)As the alkali-soluble resin, those shown below are suitably used. Alkali soluble resin (AR): Add 0.4 equivalent of glycidyl methacrylate to the carboxyl group of a copolymer containing methacrylic acid / methyl methacrylate / styrene = 54/23/23 (mole%) Produced by reaction (weight average molecular weight (Mw): 29,000)
作為導電性粒子,適宜使用以下所示者。 導電性粒子(A-1):表面碳被覆層的平均厚度為1 nm且一次粒子徑為40 nm的銀粒子(日清工程公司製造) 導電性粒子(A-2):一次粒子徑為0.7 μm的銀粒子(三井金屬公司製造)As the conductive particles, those shown below are suitably used. Conductive particles (A-1): Silver particles with an average thickness of 1 nm on the surface carbon coating layer and a primary particle diameter of 40 nm (manufactured by Nisshin Engineering Co., Ltd.) Conductive particles (A-2): Primary particle diameter of 0.7 μm silver particles (manufactured by Mitsui Metals)
<評價> (第1項目:清漆的外觀評價) 第1項目中,對包含聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物且用於形成聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的清漆的外觀評價進行說明。清漆的外觀評價中,以白色LED照射加入至四口燒瓶中的清漆,確認該清漆的渾濁。作為評價結果,將清漆中完全未確認到渾濁者設為優(EX)。將於螢光燈下幾乎未確認到渾濁但藉由利用白色LED進行照射而可確認到渾濁者設為良(G)。將螢光燈下渾濁或看到白濁者設為不良(NG)。此處所述的「渾濁」是指因矽酮成分與溶媒的親和性不充分而產生的層分離現象。所謂「白濁」,是指聚合所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)並未完全溶於溶媒(B)中而析出的現象。<Evaluation> (Item 1: Appearance Evaluation of Varnish) In item 1, the appearance evaluation of a varnish containing a polyimide precursor resin composition and forming a polyimide resin film will be described. In the appearance evaluation of the varnish, the varnish added to the four-necked flask was irradiated with white LEDs, and the turbidity of the varnish was confirmed. As a result of the evaluation, those with no turbidity in the varnish were found to be excellent (EX). A person whose turbidity was hardly recognized under a fluorescent lamp but whose turbidity was confirmed by irradiation with a white LED was considered as good (G). Those with turbidity under fluorescent light or white turbidity were regarded as bad (NG). The "turbidity" referred to here refers to a phenomenon of layer separation due to insufficient affinity between a silicone component and a solvent. The term "white turbidity" refers to a phenomenon in which the polyimide precursor (A) obtained by polymerization is not completely dissolved in the solvent (B) and is precipitated.
(第2項目:重量平均分子量(Mw)、數量平均分子量(Mn)的測定) 第2項目中,對聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)的測定進行說明。實施例及比較例中所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物中的聚醯亞胺前驅物(A)的重量平均分子量(Mw)、數量平均分子量(Mn)是使用東曹(TOSOH)製造的HLC-8220型GPC裝置(保護管柱:TSK guard colomn ALPHA 管柱:TSKgel ALPHA-M、展開溶劑:NMP)來測定。另外,用於算出重量平均分子量的校準曲線是使用標準聚苯乙烯(東曹(TOSOH)公司製造)來製成。(Item 2: Measurement of weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn)) In item 2, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the polyimide precursor (A) The measurement will be described. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the polyimide precursor (A) in the polyimide precursor resin composition obtained in the examples and comparative examples were obtained using TOSOH. The manufactured HLC-8220 GPC device (protection column: TSK guard colomn ALPHA column: TSKgel ALPHA-M, developing solvent: NMP) was used for measurement. The calibration curve used to calculate the weight-average molecular weight was prepared using standard polystyrene (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation).
(第3項目:聚醯亞胺樹脂膜(第1玻璃基板上)的製作) 第3項目中,一邊參照圖5一邊對聚醯亞胺樹脂膜(第1玻璃基板上)的製作方法進行說明。圖5是用於說明實施例中的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的製作及塗佈性評價的圖。第3項目中的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的製作中,於300 mm×350 mm×0.5 mm厚的玻璃基板26(旭硝子公司製造的AN-100)上使用狹縫塗佈機(東麗工程公司製造)以固化後的膜厚為10 μm±0.5 μm的方式於箭頭29所示的方向上塗佈清漆,其後,使用加熱式真空乾燥機、加熱板進行預烘烤。加熱式真空乾燥機是於如下條件下進行乾燥:將上板加熱至60℃、將下板加熱至40℃,並且歷時150秒使內部壓力下降至60 Pa。加熱板是使用預先加熱至120℃者並歷時6分鐘進行乾燥。對如此獲得的預烘烤膜,使用惰性烘箱(inert oven)(光洋熱系統(Koyo Thermo System)公司製造的INH-21CD)於氮氣氣流下(氧濃度100 ppm以下)歷時80分鐘升溫至400℃並保持30分鐘,以5℃/分鐘~8℃/分鐘冷卻至50℃。藉此,如圖5所示,於玻璃基板26(第1玻璃基板)上製作聚醯亞胺樹脂膜27。(Item 3: Production of polyimide resin film (on the first glass substrate)) In item 3, a method of making a polyimide resin film (on the first glass substrate) will be described with reference to FIG. 5. . FIG. 5 is a diagram for explaining production of a polyimide resin film and evaluation of coatability in Examples. In the production of the polyimide resin film in item 3, a slit coater (Toray Engineering Co., Ltd.) was used on a glass substrate 26 (AN-100 manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 300 mm × 350 mm × 0.5 mm. (Manufacturing) The varnish was applied in the direction shown by arrow 29 so that the cured film thickness was 10 μm ± 0.5 μm, and then pre-baking was performed using a heating vacuum dryer and a hot plate. The heating-type vacuum dryer was dried under the following conditions: the upper plate was heated to 60 ° C, the lower plate was heated to 40 ° C, and the internal pressure was lowered to 60 Pa over 150 seconds. The heating plate was dried by heating to 120 ° C for 6 minutes. The pre-baking film thus obtained was heated to 400 ° C. in an inert oven (INH-21CD manufactured by Koyo Thermo System) under a nitrogen gas flow (oxygen concentration of 100 ppm or less) over 80 minutes. It was held for 30 minutes and cooled to 50 ° C at 5 ° C / minute to 8 ° C / minute. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 5, a polyimide resin film 27 is produced on the glass substrate 26 (first glass substrate).
(第4項目:塗佈性評價) 第4項目中,一邊參照圖5一邊對聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的塗佈性評價進行說明。該塗佈性評價中使用所述第3項目中所示的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜來進行如下所述的塗佈不均及面內均勻性各評價。(Item 4: Applicability Evaluation) In item 4, the applicability evaluation of the polyimide resin film will be described with reference to FIG. 5. In this applicability evaluation, the polyimide resin film shown in the said 3rd item was used for each evaluation of the coating unevenness and in-plane uniformity as described below.
(第4-1項目:塗佈不均產生片數) 塗佈不均評價中,對所獲得的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜(10片),利用倍率20倍的顯微鏡觀察周邊部、中央部(圖5所示的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜27的中央部分),將並無塗佈不均的情況判定為「良好」,將有塗佈不均的情況判定為「不良」。後述的表中,作為塗佈不均評價的結果,記載確認到塗佈不均而判定為不良的樣品的片數。此處所述的塗佈不均是指因聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的膜厚差而看到的不均(例如條紋不均等)。(Item 4-1: Number of sheets due to uneven coating) In the evaluation of uneven coating, the obtained polyimide resin film (10 sheets) was observed with a microscope at a magnification of 20 times at the peripheral portion and the central portion ( The central part of the polyimide resin film 27 shown in FIG. 5) is judged as “good” when there is no uneven coating, and is judged as “bad” when there is uneven coating. In the table described later, as a result of the evaluation of uneven coating, the number of pieces of samples which were determined to be defective due to uneven coating was described. The coating unevenness referred to here refers to unevenness (for example, uneven stripes) due to a difference in film thickness of the polyimide resin film.
(第4-2項目:膜厚的面內均勻性) 膜厚的面內均勻性評價中,對聚醯亞胺樹脂膜27的10個部位的部分(例如圖5所示的膜厚測定部位28的部分)測定除了塗佈端部(自聚醯亞胺樹脂膜27的外周起10 mm的部分)以外自塗佈開始部起50 mm的位置的噴嘴方向的膜厚,並利用以下的計算式求出膜厚的面內均勻性。所謂計算式中的最大膜厚、最小膜厚,是指所測定的10個部位中的最大者、最小者。平均膜厚是指所測定的10個部位的膜厚的平均值。此處所述的噴嘴方向是指相對於塗佈方向垂直的方向。 面內均勻性(%)=((最大膜厚)-(最小膜厚))/(2×(平均膜厚))×100(Item 4-2: In-Planar Uniformity of Film Thickness) In the in-plane uniformity evaluation of film thickness, the 10 portions of the polyimide resin film 27 (for example, the film thickness measurement portion shown in FIG. 5) Part 28) Measure the film thickness in the direction of the nozzle at a position 50 mm from the coating start portion except for the coating end portion (the portion 10 mm from the outer periphery of the polyimide resin film 27), and use the following calculation The in-plane uniformity of the film thickness is calculated by the formula. The maximum film thickness and the minimum film thickness in the calculation formula refer to the largest one and the smallest one among the ten measured locations. The average film thickness refers to the average of the film thicknesses of the 10 locations measured. The nozzle direction referred to here means a direction perpendicular to the application direction. In-plane uniformity (%) = ((maximum film thickness)-(minimum film thickness)) / (2 × (average film thickness)) × 100
(第5項目:聚醯亞胺樹脂膜(第1矽基板上)的製作) 第5項目中,對聚醯亞胺樹脂膜(第1矽基板上)的製作方法進行說明。第5項目中的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的製作方法中,於6吋的矽基板(第1矽基板)上,使用東京電子(Tokyo Electron)公司製造的塗佈顯影裝置馬克(Mark)-7,以固化後的膜厚為10 μm±0.5 μm的方式旋塗清漆。其後,同樣使用馬克(Mark)-7的加熱板進行120℃×6分鐘的預烘烤處理。對所獲得的預烘烤膜,使用惰性烘箱(光洋熱系統(Koyo Thermo System)公司製造的INH-21CD)於氮氣氣流下(氧濃度100 ppm以下),以4℃/分鐘升溫至400℃,並保持30分鐘,以5℃/分鐘~8℃/分鐘冷卻至50℃。藉此,於第1矽基板上製作聚醯亞胺樹脂膜。(Item 5: Production of polyimide resin film (on the first silicon substrate)) In item 5, a method for producing a polyimide resin film (on the first silicon substrate) will be described. In the method for manufacturing a polyimide resin film in item 5, a coating and developing device made by Tokyo Electron Co., Ltd. Mark-7 was used on a 6-inch silicon substrate (the first silicon substrate). , Spin-coat the varnish with a film thickness of 10 μm ± 0.5 μm after curing. Thereafter, similarly, a preheating treatment at 120 ° C. for 6 minutes was performed using a Mark-7 hot plate. The obtained pre-baking film was heated to 400 ° C. at 4 ° C./min using an inert oven (INH-21CD manufactured by Koyo Thermo System) under a nitrogen gas flow (oxygen concentration of 100 ppm or less). It was held for 30 minutes and cooled to 50 ° C at 5 ° C / minute to 8 ° C / minute. Thereby, a polyimide resin film was produced on the first silicon substrate.
(第6項目:聚醯亞胺樹脂膜(第2玻璃基板上)的製作) 第6項目中,對聚醯亞胺樹脂膜(第2玻璃基板上)的製作方法進行說明。第6項目中的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的製作方法中,於作為第2玻璃基板的50 mm×50 mm×1.1 mm厚的玻璃基板(丹碧絲(Tampax))上,使用三笠(Mikasa)公司製造的旋塗機MS-A200以固化後的膜厚為10 μm±0.5 μm的方式旋塗清漆。其後,使用大日本網屏(Dainippon Screen)公司製造的加熱板D-SPIN進行120℃×6分鐘的預烘烤處理。對所獲得的預烘烤膜,使用惰性烘箱(光洋熱系統(Koyo Thermo System)公司製造的INH-21CD)於氮氣氣流下(氧濃度100 ppm以下),以4℃/分鐘升溫至400℃,並保持30分鐘,以5℃/分鐘~8℃/分鐘冷卻至50℃。藉此,於第2玻璃基板上製作聚醯亞胺樹脂膜。(Item 6: Production of polyimide resin film (on the second glass substrate)) In item 6, a method for producing a polyimide resin film (on the second glass substrate) will be described. In the method for producing a polyimide resin film in Item 6, a 50 mm × 50 mm × 1.1 mm thick glass substrate (Tampax) is used as the second glass substrate, and Mikasa is used. The spin coater MS-A200 manufactured by the company spin-coated the varnish so that the film thickness after curing was 10 μm ± 0.5 μm. Thereafter, a pre-baking treatment was performed at 120 ° C. for 6 minutes using a hot plate D-SPIN manufactured by Dainippon Screen. The obtained pre-baking film was heated to 400 ° C. at 4 ° C./min using an inert oven (INH-21CD manufactured by Koyo Thermo System) under a nitrogen gas flow (oxygen concentration of 100 ppm or less). It was held for 30 minutes and cooled to 50 ° C at 5 ° C / minute to 8 ° C / minute. Thereby, a polyimide resin film was produced on the second glass substrate.
(第7項目:聚醯亞胺樹脂膜(第2矽基板上)的製作) 第7項目中,對聚醯亞胺樹脂膜(第2矽基板上)的製作方法進行說明。第7項目中的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的製作方法中,於切斷為1/4的4吋矽基板(第2矽基板)上,使用三笠(Mikasa)公司製造的旋塗機MS-A200以固化後的膜厚為5 μm±0.5 μm的方式旋塗清漆。其後,使用大日本網屏(Dainippon Screen)公司製造的加熱板D-SPIN進行120℃×6分鐘的預烘烤處理。對所獲得的預烘烤膜,使用惰性烘箱(光洋熱系統(Koyo Thermo System)公司製造的INH-21CD)於氮氣氣流下(氧濃度100 ppm以下),以4℃/分鐘升溫至400℃,並保持30分鐘,以5℃/分鐘~8℃/分鐘冷卻至50℃。藉此,於第2矽基板上製作聚醯亞胺樹脂膜。(Item 7: Production of polyimide resin film (on the second silicon substrate)) In item 7, a method for producing a polyimide resin film (on the second silicon substrate) will be described. In the method for manufacturing a polyimide resin film in item 7, a spin coater MS-A200 made by Mikasa was used on a 4-inch silicon substrate (second silicon substrate) cut to 1/4. The varnish was spin-coated so that the film thickness after curing was 5 μm ± 0.5 μm. Thereafter, a pre-baking treatment was performed at 120 ° C. for 6 minutes using a hot plate D-SPIN manufactured by Dainippon Screen. The obtained pre-baking film was heated to 400 ° C. at 4 ° C./min using an inert oven (INH-21CD manufactured by Koyo Thermo System) under a nitrogen gas flow (oxygen concentration of 100 ppm or less). It was held for 30 minutes and cooled to 50 ° C at 5 ° C / minute to 8 ° C / minute. As a result, a polyimide resin film was produced on the second silicon substrate.
(第8項目:光透過率(T)的測定) 第8項目中,對聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的光透過率(T)的測定進行說明。第8項目中的光透過率(T)的測定中,使用紫外可見分光光度計(島津製作所公司製造的MultiSpec 1500),測定450 nm下的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的光透過率。再者,該測定中使用所述第6項目中所示的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜。(Item 8: Measurement of Light Transmittance (T)) In Item 8, the measurement of the light transmittance (T) of the polyimide resin film will be described. In the measurement of the light transmittance (T) in the item 8, a UV-visible spectrophotometer (MultiSpec 1500 manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation) was used to measure the light transmittance of the polyimide resin film at 450 nm. In addition, the polyimide resin film shown in the said 6th item was used for this measurement.
(第9項目:霧度值的測定) 第9項目中,對聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的霧度值的測定進行說明。第9項目中的霧度值的測定中,使用直讀式霧度電腦(須賀(suga)試驗機公司製造的HGM2DP,C光源)測定所述第6項目中所示的第2玻璃基板上的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的霧度值(%)。再者,作為各值,使用3次測定的平均值。(Item 9: Measurement of Haze Value) In item 9, the measurement of the haze value of the polyimide resin film will be described. In the measurement of the haze value in item 9, the direct reading haze computer (HGM2DP, C light source manufactured by suga test machine company) was used to measure the haze value on the second glass substrate shown in the above item 6. Haze value of polyimide resin film (%). In addition, as each value, the average value of 3 measurements was used.
(第10項目:面內/面外雙折射的測定) 第10項目中,對聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的面內/面外雙折射的測定進行說明。第10項目中的面內/面外雙折射的測定中,使用稜鏡耦合器(美特利康(METRICON)公司製造,PC2010),測定波長632.8 nm的TE折射率(n(TE))及TM折射率(n(TM))。n(TE)、n(TM)分別為相對於聚醯亞胺樹脂膜面的平行方向、垂直方向的折射率。面內/面外雙折射是作為n(TE)與n(TM)的差(n(TE)-n(TM))而計算出。再者,該測定中使用所述第7項目中所示的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜。(Item 10: Measurement of In-Plane / Out-Plane Birefringence) In Item 10, measurement of in-plane / out-plane birefringence of a polyimide resin film will be described. In the measurement of in-plane / out-plane birefringence in Item 10, a chirped coupler (manufactured by Metricon Corporation, PC2010) was used to measure the TE refractive index (n (TE)) and TM at a wavelength of 632.8 nm Refractive index (n (TM)). n (TE) and n (TM) are the refractive index in the parallel and vertical directions with respect to the polyimide resin film surface, respectively. In-plane / out-plane birefringence is calculated as the difference (n (TE) -n (TM)) between n (TE) and n (TM). In addition, the polyimide resin film shown in the said 7th item was used for this measurement.
(第11項目:玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)的測定) 第11項目中,對聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的玻璃轉移溫度的測定進行說明。第11項目中的玻璃轉移溫度的測定中,使用熱機械分析裝置(SII奈米科技(SII NanoTechnology)公司製造的愛思特(EXSTAR)6000TMA/SS6000)於氮氣氣流下進行測定。升溫方法是以如下條件進行。第1階段,以升溫速率5℃/分鐘升溫至150度而去除試樣的吸附水,第2階段,以降溫速率5℃/分鐘空氣冷卻至室溫。第3階段,以升溫速率5℃/分鐘進行正式測定,求出玻璃轉移溫度。再者,該測定中,自矽晶圓(第1矽基板)剝離所述第5項目中所示的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜而使用。(Item 11: Measurement of Glass Transition Temperature (Tg)) In Item 11, the measurement of the glass transition temperature of the polyimide resin film will be described. In the measurement of the glass transition temperature in item 11, a thermomechanical analysis device (EXII 6000TMA / SS6000 manufactured by SII NanoTechnology) was used for the measurement under a nitrogen gas flow. The heating method was performed under the following conditions. In the first stage, the sample was adsorbed with water at a temperature increase rate of 5 ° C / min to 150 ° C, and in the second stage, air was cooled to room temperature at a temperature decrease rate of 5 ° C / min. In the third stage, a formal measurement was performed at a heating rate of 5 ° C./minute, and the glass transition temperature was determined. In this measurement, the polyimide resin film shown in the fifth item is peeled from a silicon wafer (first silicon substrate) and used.
(第12項目:1%重量減少溫度(Td1)的測定) 第12項目中,對聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的1%重量減少溫度的測定進行說明。第12項目中的1%重量減少溫度的測定中,使用熱重量測定裝置(島津製作所公司製造的TGA-50)於氮氣氣流下進行測定。升溫方法是以如下條件進行。第1階段,以升溫速率3.5℃/分鐘升溫至150度而去除試樣的吸附水,第2階段,以降溫速率10℃/分鐘冷卻至室溫。第3階段,以升溫速率10℃/分鐘進行正式測定,求出1%熱重量減少溫度。再者,該測定中,自矽晶圓(第1矽基板)剝離所述第5項目中所示的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜而使用。(Item 12: Measurement of 1% weight reduction temperature (Td1)) In Item 12, the measurement of the 1% weight reduction temperature of the polyimide resin film will be described. In the measurement of the 1% weight loss temperature in Item 12, the measurement was performed under a nitrogen gas flow using a thermogravimetric measuring device (TGA-50 manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation). The heating method was performed under the following conditions. In the first stage, the sample was adsorbed with water at a temperature rising rate of 3.5 ° C / min to 150 ° C, and in the second stage, it was cooled to room temperature at a cooling rate of 10 ° C / min. In the third stage, a formal measurement was performed at a heating rate of 10 ° C./minute, and a 1% thermal weight reduction temperature was determined. In this measurement, the polyimide resin film shown in the fifth item is peeled from a silicon wafer (first silicon substrate) and used.
(第13項目:斷裂伸長度及彈性係數的測定) 第13項目中,對聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的斷裂伸長度及彈性係數的測定進行說明。第13項目中的斷裂伸長度及彈性係數的測定中,使用滕喜龍(Tensilon)(艾安德(Orientec)公司製造的RTM-100)進行測定。針對各試樣進行10個以上的樣品的測定,使用日本工業標準(Japanese Industrial Standards,JIS)個數平均(JIS K-6301)算出JIS平均值。再者,該測定中,自矽晶圓(第1矽基板)剝離所述第5項目中所示的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜而使用。(Item 13: Measurement of Elongation at Break and Coefficient of Elasticity) In item 13, measurement of the elongation at break and coefficient of elasticity of the polyimide resin film will be described. In the measurement of the elongation at break and the coefficient of elasticity in Item 13, Tensilon (RTM-100 manufactured by Orientec) was used for the measurement. The measurement was performed on 10 or more samples for each sample, and the JIS average was calculated using the Japanese Industrial Standards (JIS) number average (JIS K-6301). In this measurement, the polyimide resin film shown in the fifth item is peeled from a silicon wafer (first silicon substrate) and used.
(第14項目:殘留應力的測定) 第14項目中,對聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的殘留應力的測定進行說明。第14項目中的殘留應力的測定中,使用科磊(KLA-Tencor)公司製造的薄膜應力測定裝置FLX-3300-T進行測定。該測定中使用所述第5項目中所示的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜。此時,於測定前將所述聚醯亞胺樹脂膜於室溫23℃、濕度55%的室內靜置24小時。(Item 14: Measurement of Residual Stress) In item 14, measurement of the residual stress of the polyimide resin film will be described. In the measurement of the residual stress in Item 14, the measurement was performed using a thin film stress measuring device FLX-3300-T manufactured by KLA-Tencor. In this measurement, the polyimide resin film shown in the above item 5 was used. At this time, the polyimide resin film was allowed to stand for 24 hours in a room having a room temperature of 23 ° C and a humidity of 55% before the measurement.
(第15項目:算術平均粗糙度(Ra)的評價) 第15項目中,對算術平均粗糙度(Ra)的評價進行說明。第15項目中的算術平均粗糙度(Ra)的評價中,使用原子力顯微鏡(Atomic Force Microscope,AFM)以如下條件對阻氣層製膜前的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的表面、及阻氣層製膜後的無機膜的表面測定算術平均粗糙度(Ra)。 系統:NanoScopeIII/MMAFM(數位儀器(Digital Instruments)公司製造) 掃描器:AS-130(J-Scanner) 探針:NCH-W型,單晶矽(奈米世界(NanoWorld)公司製造) 掃描模式:輕敲模式 掃描範圍:10 μm×10 μm 掃描速度:0.5 Hz 測定環境:溫度23℃、相對濕度65%、大氣中(Item 15: Evaluation of Arithmetic Mean Roughness (Ra)) In Item 15, the evaluation of arithmetic mean roughness (Ra) will be described. In the evaluation of the arithmetic average roughness (Ra) in Item 15, the surface of the polyimide resin film before the film formation of the gas barrier layer and the gas barrier layer were formed using an atomic force microscope (AFM) under the following conditions. The surface of the inorganic film after film formation was measured for arithmetic mean roughness (Ra). System: NanoScopeIII / MMAFM (manufactured by Digital Instruments) Scanner: AS-130 (J-Scanner) Probe: NCH-W type, monocrystalline silicon (manufactured by NanoWorld) Scanning mode: Tapping mode Scanning range: 10 μm × 10 μm Scanning speed: 0.5 Hz Measurement environment: temperature 23 ° C, relative humidity 65%, in the atmosphere
(第16項目:積層體的耐彎曲性評價) 第16項目中,對積層體的耐彎曲性評價進行說明。第16項目中的耐彎曲性評價中,利用以下方法測定於聚醯亞胺樹脂膜上具有無機膜的積層體的耐彎曲性。首先,將自玻璃基板剝離的積層體採樣為100 mm×140 mm的尺寸,於面上的中央部固定直徑30 mm的金屬圓柱,沿著該金屬圓柱,放置成金屬圓柱的抱角0°(樣品為平面的狀態)的狀態(參照圖6所示的積層體30及金屬圓柱31)。繼而,對於該積層體,於針對金屬圓柱的抱角為180°(利用金屬圓柱翻折的狀態)的範圍(參照圖7所示的積層體30及金屬圓柱31)內進行100次彎折動作。耐彎曲性將彎折動作前後的無機膜中有無裂紋產生作為指標,於試驗後使用光學顯微鏡(尼康(Nikon)公司製造,OPTIPHOT300)以目視對100片積層體進行觀察。(Item 16: Evaluation of Bending Resistance of Laminated Body) In Item 16, the evaluation of bending resistance of the laminated body will be described. In the bending resistance evaluation in Item 16, the bending resistance of a laminate having an inorganic film on a polyimide resin film was measured by the following method. First, the laminated body peeled from the glass substrate was sampled to a size of 100 mm × 140 mm, and a metal cylinder with a diameter of 30 mm was fixed to the center of the surface. Along the metal cylinder, a metal cylinder with an angle of 0 ° A state in which the sample is flat) (refer to the laminated body 30 and the metal cylinder 31 shown in FIG. 6). Next, the laminated body was bent 100 times within a range of 180 ° for the metal cylinder (in a state where the metal cylinder is folded) (refer to the laminated body 30 and the metal cylinder 31 shown in FIG. 7). . Bending resistance was determined using the presence or absence of cracks in the inorganic film before and after the bending operation as an index. After the test, an optical microscope (manufactured by Nikon Corporation, OPTIPHOT300) was used to visually observe 100 laminates.
(第17項目:觸控面板的製作及耐濕熱性評價) 第17項目中,對觸控面板的製作及耐濕熱性評價進行說明。第17項目中的觸控面板的製作及耐濕熱性評價中,利用下述方法,使用預先準備的導電性組成物及絕緣性組成物製作觸控面板,繼而,進行該觸控面板的耐濕熱試驗。(Item 17: Production of Touch Panel and Evaluation of Humidity and Heat Resistance) In Item 17, production of touch panel and evaluation of humidity and heat resistance will be described. In the production of the touch panel and the evaluation of the moisture and heat resistance in Item 17, the following method was used to prepare a touch panel using a conductive composition and an insulating composition prepared in advance, and then the moisture and heat resistance of the touch panel was performed. test.
(製造例1:導電性組成物的製作) 製造例1中,製備導電性組成物(AE-1)。詳細而言,對將80 g的導電性粒子(A-1)、4.06 g的界面活性劑(「迪斯帕畢克(DISPERBYK)」(註冊商標)21116:迪愛生(DIC)公司製造)、98.07 g的PGMEA、98.07 g的DPM混合而成者,利用均質機以1200 rpm實施30分鐘的處理。進而,使用高壓濕式無介質微粒化裝置納諾瑪紮(nanomizer)(納諾瑪紮(nanomizer)公司製造)來分散混合物而獲得銀含量為40質量%的銀分散液。(Production Example 1: Production of Conductive Composition) In Production Example 1, a conductive composition (AE-1) was prepared. In detail, a mixture of 80 g of conductive particles (A-1) and 4.06 g of a surfactant ("DISPERBYK" (registered trademark) 21116: manufactured by DIC), A mixture of 98.07 g of PGMEA and 98.07 g of DPM was processed by a homogenizer at 1200 rpm for 30 minutes. Furthermore, the mixture was dispersed using a high-pressure wet-type medium-free micronization device nanomizer (manufactured by Nanomizer) to obtain a silver dispersion liquid having a silver content of 40% by mass.
對將20 g的作為有機化合物的鹼可溶性樹脂(AR)、0.6 g的作為金屬螯合物化合物的乙醯乙酸乙基酯二異丙醇鋁(ALCH:川研精細化學(Kawaken Fine Chemicals)公司製造)、2.4 g的光聚合起始劑(NCI-831:艾迪科(ADEKA)公司製造)、12.0 g的PE-3A混合而成者添加132.6 g的PGMEA、52.6 g的DPM並進行攪拌,藉此獲得導電性組成物用的有機I液。將所述銀分散液與有機I液以72.6/27.4的質量比混合而獲得導電性組成物(AE-1)。20 g of an alkali-soluble resin (AR) as an organic compound and 0.6 g of ethyl acetoacetate diisopropoxide (ALCH: Kawaken Fine Chemicals) as a metal chelate compound (Manufactured), 2.4 g of photopolymerization initiator (NCI-831: manufactured by ADEKA), and 12.0 g of PE-3A were mixed, and 132.6 g of PGMEA and 52.6 g of DPM were added and stirred, Thereby, an organic I liquid for a conductive composition is obtained. The silver dispersion liquid and the organic I liquid were mixed at a mass ratio of 72.6 / 27.4 to obtain a conductive composition (AE-1).
(製造例2:絕緣性組成物的製作) 製造例2中,製備絕緣性組成物(OA-1)。詳細而言,於潔淨瓶中添加50.0 g的卡多(cardo)系樹脂(V-259ME:新日鐵住友化學公司製造)、18.0 g的交聯性單體(TAIC:日本化成公司製造)、10.0 g的交聯性單體(M-315:東亞合成公司製造)、20.0 g的環氧化合物(PG-100:大阪燃氣化學(Osaka Gas Chemicals)公司製造)、0.2 g的光聚合起始劑(OXE-01:巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)並攪拌1小時,從而獲得絕緣性組成物(OA-1)。(Production Example 2: Production of Insulating Composition) In Production Example 2, an insulating composition (OA-1) was prepared. Specifically, 50.0 g of cardo resin (V-259ME: manufactured by Nippon Steel Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), 18.0 g of crosslinkable monomer (TAIC: manufactured by Nihon Kasei Co., Ltd.) are added to a clean bottle, 10.0 g of crosslinkable monomer (M-315: manufactured by Toa Synthesis), 20.0 g of epoxy compound (PG-100: manufactured by Osaka Gas Chemicals), 0.2 g of photopolymerization initiation Agent (OXE-01: manufactured by BASF) and stirred for 1 hour to obtain an insulating composition (OA-1).
(觸控面板的製作) 觸控面板的製作中,利用下述方法來形成觸控面板的第一配線層。詳細而言,於聚醯亞胺樹脂膜或包含該聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的積層體上,使用旋塗機(三笠(Mikasa)公司製造的「1H-360S(商品名)」)以300 rpm下10秒、500 rpm下2秒的條件旋塗導電性組成物(AE-1)。其後,使用加熱板(大日本網屏(Dainippon Screen)製造公司製造的「SCW-636(商品名)」)於100℃下預烘烤2分鐘而製作預烘烤膜。使用平行光遮罩對準器(佳能(canon)公司製造的「PLA-501F(商品名)」),將超高壓水銀燈作為光源並介隔所需的遮罩對預烘烤膜進行曝光。其後,使用自動顯影裝置(瀧澤(takizawa)產業公司製造的「AD-2000(商品名)」),利用0.045質量%的氫氧化鉀水溶液進行60秒噴淋顯影,繼而,利用水淋洗30秒並進行圖案加工。對經圖案加工的基板,使用烘箱於空氣中(氧濃度21%)、250℃下固化30分鐘而形成第一配線層。(Production of Touch Panel) In the production of the touch panel, the first wiring layer of the touch panel is formed by the following method. Specifically, on a polyimide resin film or a laminate including the polyimide resin film, a spin coater ("1H-360S (trade name)" manufactured by Mikasa Corporation) was used at 300 rpm. The conductive composition (AE-1) was spin-coated under the conditions of 10 seconds and 500 rpm for 2 seconds. Thereafter, a preheating film ("SCW-636 (trade name)" manufactured by Dainippon Screen Manufacturing Co., Ltd.) was prebaked at 100 ° C for 2 minutes to prepare a prebaked film. A pre-baking film was exposed using a parallel light mask aligner ("PLA-501F (trade name)" manufactured by Canon Corporation), using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp as a light source, with a desired mask therebetween. Thereafter, using an automatic developing device ("AD-2000 (trade name)" manufactured by Takizawa Industries Co., Ltd.), a 0.045 mass% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution was used for 60 seconds of spray development, and then, water was rinsed for 30 seconds Pattern processing in seconds. The patterned substrate was cured in an air (oxygen concentration: 21%) at 250 ° C. for 30 minutes using an oven to form a first wiring layer.
繼而,利用下述方法來形成觸控面板的第一絕緣層。詳細而言,於形成有第一配線層的基板上使用旋塗機以650 rpm來旋塗5秒絕緣性組成物(OA-1)。其後,使用加熱板於100℃下預烘烤2分鐘而製作預烘烤膜。使用平行光遮罩對準器,將超高壓水銀燈作為光源並介隔所需的遮罩對預烘烤膜進行曝光。其後,使用自動顯影裝置,利用0.045質量%的氫氧化鉀水溶液進行60秒噴淋顯影,繼而,利用水淋洗30秒並進行圖案加工。對經圖案加工的基板,使用烘箱於空氣中(氧濃度21%)、250℃下固化60分鐘而形成第一絕緣層。Then, the following method is used to form the first insulating layer of the touch panel. Specifically, an insulating composition (OA-1) was spin-coated on a substrate on which the first wiring layer was formed using a spin coater at 650 rpm for 5 seconds. Thereafter, a pre-baking film was prepared by pre-baking at 100 ° C for 2 minutes using a hot plate. Using a parallel light mask aligner, use an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp as the light source and expose the pre-baked film through the required mask. After that, using an automatic developing device, spray development was performed with a 0.045 mass% potassium hydroxide aqueous solution for 60 seconds, and then water was rinsed for 30 seconds to perform pattern processing. The patterned substrate was cured in an air (oxygen concentration: 21%) at 250 ° C. for 60 minutes using an oven to form a first insulating layer.
繼而,於形成有第一絕緣層的基板上利用與第一配線層相同的方法來形成第二配線層。繼而,於形成有第二配線層的基板上利用與第一絕緣層相同的方法來形成第二絕緣層。最後,自上面利用單刃刀對形成有第一配線層及第二配線層的區域的周圍進行切割,並自切割端面進行機械剝離,藉此獲得觸控面板。Then, the second wiring layer is formed on the substrate on which the first insulating layer is formed by the same method as the first wiring layer. Then, the second insulating layer is formed on the substrate on which the second wiring layer is formed by the same method as the first insulating layer. Finally, the periphery of the area where the first wiring layer and the second wiring layer are formed is cut with a single-edged knife from above, and mechanical peeling is performed from the cut end surface, thereby obtaining a touch panel.
(耐濕熱性評價) 觸控面板的耐濕熱性評價中,進行觸控面板的耐濕熱試驗來測定觸控面板的耐濕熱性。該耐濕熱性的測定中,使用絕緣劣化特性評價系統「ETAC SIR13」(楠本化成公司製造)。詳細而言,於觸控面板的第一配線層及第二配線層的端部分別安裝電極,並且於設定為85℃、85%RH條件的高溫高濕槽內加入觸控面板。自槽內環境穩定起經過5分鐘後,對第一配線層及第二配線層的電極間施加電壓,測定絕緣電阻的經時變化。將第一配線層設為正極、將第二配線層設為負極,並施加10 V的電壓,以5分鐘為間隔測定500小時的電阻值。於所測定的電阻值到達105 以下時,因絕緣不良而判斷為短路,停止印壓,並將至此為止的試驗時間設為短路時間。其後,依照以下的評價基準來評價耐濕熱性,將評價水準為2以上的情況設為合格。 評價水準=5:短路時間為1000小時以上 評價水準=4:短路時間為500小時以上且小於1000小時 評價水準=3:短路時間為300小時以上且小於500小時 評價水準=2:短路時間為100小時以上且小於300小時 評價水準=1:短路時間小於100小時(Evaluation of Moisture and Heat Resistance) In the evaluation of the moisture and heat resistance of a touch panel, the moisture and heat resistance test of the touch panel was performed to measure the moisture and heat resistance of the touch panel. For the measurement of the humidity and heat resistance, an insulation deterioration characteristic evaluation system "ETAC SIR13" (manufactured by Kusumoto Chemical Co., Ltd.) was used. In detail, electrodes are respectively installed at the ends of the first wiring layer and the second wiring layer of the touch panel, and the touch panel is added to a high-temperature and high-humidity tank set to 85 ° C and 85% RH conditions. After 5 minutes have elapsed since the environment in the tank was stable, a voltage was applied between the electrodes of the first wiring layer and the second wiring layer to measure the change in insulation resistance over time. Using the first wiring layer as a positive electrode and the second wiring layer as a negative electrode, a voltage of 10 V was applied, and the resistance value was measured at intervals of 5 minutes for 500 hours. When the measured resistance value reaches 10 5 or less, it is judged as a short circuit due to poor insulation, the embossing is stopped, and the test time thus far is set as the short circuit time. Thereafter, the humidity and heat resistance was evaluated in accordance with the following evaluation criteria, and a case where the evaluation level was 2 or more was determined to be acceptable. Evaluation level = 5: Short-circuit time is 1000 hours or more. Evaluation level = 4: Short-circuit time is 500 hours or more and less than 1000 hours. Evaluation level = 3: Short-circuit time is 300 hours or more and less than 500 hours. Evaluation level = 2: Short-circuit time is 100. Hours or more and less than 300 hours Evaluation level = 1: short circuit time is less than 100 hours
(實施例1) 實施例1中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(6.25 g(20.1 mmol))、PMDA(0.48 g(2.24 mmol))、m-TB(4.64 g(21.9 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.26 g(0.51 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為70,000、33,000。(Example 1) In Example 1, under a stream of dry nitrogen, ODPA (6.25 g (20.1 mmol)), PMDA (0.48 g (2.24 mmol)), m-TB (4.64) were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask. g (21.9 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.26 g (0.51 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and MMBAc (25 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyfluorene imide precursor were 70,000 and 33,000, respectively.
(實施例2) 實施例2中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(6.25 g(20.1 mmol))、PMDA(0.48 g(2.24 mmol))、m-TB(4.64 g(21.9 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.26 g(0.51 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及DPMA(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為72,000、32,500。(Example 2) In Example 2, under a stream of dry nitrogen, ODPA (6.25 g (20.1 mmol)), PMDA (0.48 g (2.24 mmol)), and m-TB (4.64) were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask. g (21.9 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.26 g (0.51 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and DPMA (25 g). Heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyfluorene imide precursor were 72,000 and 32,500, respectively.
(實施例3) 實施例3中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(6.25 g(20.1 mmol))、PMDA(0.48 g(2.24 mmol))、m-TB(4.64 g(21.9 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.26 g(0.51 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及DMM(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為72,000、33,000。(Example 3) In Example 3, under a stream of dry nitrogen, ODPA (6.25 g (20.1 mmol)), PMDA (0.48 g (2.24 mmol)), m-TB (4.64) were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask. g (21.9 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.26 g (0.51 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and DMM (25 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyfluorene imide precursor were 72,000 and 33,000, respectively.
(實施例4) 實施例4中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(6.25 g(20.1 mmol))、PMDA(0.48 g(2.24 mmol))、m-TB(4.64 g(21.9 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.26 g(0.51 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及DMIB(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為69,000、33,000。(Example 4) In Example 4, under a stream of dry nitrogen, ODPA (6.25 g (20.1 mmol)), PMDA (0.48 g (2.24 mmol)), m-TB (4.64) were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask. g (21.9 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.26 g (0.51 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and DMIB (25 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyfluorene imide precursor were 69,000 and 33,000, respectively.
(實施例5) 實施例5中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(6.31 g(20.3 mmol))、PMDA(0.49 g(2.26 mmol))、m-TB(4.55 g(21.4 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.29 g(0.52 mmol))、1,3,5-TAPOB(0.181 g(0.45 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為202,000、54,000。(Example 5) In Example 5, under a stream of dry nitrogen gas, ODPA (6.31 g (20.3 mmol)), PMDA (0.49 g (2.26 mmol)), m-TB (4.55 g (21.4 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.29 g (0.52 mmol)), 1,3,5-TAPOB (0.181 g (0.45 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and MMBAc (25 g ), Heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyimide precursor were 202,000 and 54,000, respectively.
(實施例6) 實施例6中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(6.24 g(20.1 mmol))、PMDA(0.49 g(2.23 mmol))、m-TB(4.56 g(21.5 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.26 g(0.51 mmol))、1,3,5-TAPOB(0.089 g(0.25 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為152,000、48,000。(Example 6) In Example 6, under a stream of dry nitrogen, ODPA (6.24 g (20.1 mmol)), PMDA (0.49 g (2.23 mmol)), m-TB (4.56) were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask. g (21.5 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.26 g (0.51 mmol)), 1,3,5-TAPOB (0.089 g (0.25 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and MMBAc (25 g ), Heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyimide precursor were 152,000 and 48,000, respectively.
(實施例7) 實施例7中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(6.25 g(20.1 mmol))、PMDA(0.48 g(2.24 mmol))、m-TB(4.64 g(21.9 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.26 g(0.51 mmol))、GBL(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為65,000、30,500。(Example 7) In Example 7, under a stream of dry nitrogen gas, ODPA (6.25 g (20.1 mmol)), PMDA (0.48 g (2.24 mmol)), m-TB (4.64) were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask. g (21.9 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.26 g (0.51 mmol)), GBL (75 g), and MMBAc (25 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyimide precursor were 65,000 and 30,500, respectively.
(實施例8) 實施例8中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(6.25 g(20.1 mmol))、PMDA(0.48 g(2.24 mmol))、m-TB(4.64 g(21.9 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.26 g(0.51 mmol))、PGME(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為61,000、28,000。(Example 8) In Example 8, under a stream of dry nitrogen gas, ODPA (6.25 g (20.1 mmol)), PMDA (0.48 g (2.24 mmol)), m-TB (4.64) were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask. g (21.9 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.26 g (0.51 mmol)), PGME (75 g), and MMBAc (25 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyimide precursor were 61,000 and 28,000, respectively.
(實施例9) 實施例9中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(7.37 g(23.8 mmol))、PMDA(0.58 g(2.64 mmol))、m-TB(4.35 g(20.5 mmol))、4,4'-DDS(1.31 g(5.28 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.67 g(0.61 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為68,000、31,500。(Example 9) In Example 9, under a stream of dry nitrogen gas, ODPA (7.37 g (23.8 mmol)), PMDA (0.58 g (2.64 mmol)), m-TB (4.35 g (20.5 mmol)), 4,4'-DDS (1.31 g (5.28 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.67 g (0.61 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and MMBAc (25 g) , Stirring at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyfluorene imide precursor were 68,000 and 31,500, respectively.
(實施例10) 實施例10中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(5.32 g(17.2 mmol))、PMDA(0.42 g(1.91 mmol))、TFMB(5.97 g(18.6 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(1.93 g(0.44 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為68,000、31,500。(Example 10) In Example 10, under a stream of dry nitrogen gas, ODPA (5.32 g (17.2 mmol)), PMDA (0.42 g (1.91 mmol)), TFMB (5.97 g ( 18.6 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (1.93 g (0.44 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and MMBAc (25 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyfluorene imide precursor were 68,000 and 31,500, respectively.
(實施例11) 實施例11中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(5.40 g(17.4 mmol))、PMDA(0.42 g(1.93 mmol))、TFMB(5.86 g(18.3 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(1.96 g(0.44 mmol))、1,3,5-TAPOB(0.154 g(0.39 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為198,000、52,000。(Example 11) In Example 11, under a stream of dry nitrogen gas, ODPA (5.40 g (17.4 mmol)), PMDA (0.42 g (1.93 mmol)), TFMB (5.86 g ( 18.3 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (1.96 g (0.44 mmol)), 1,3,5-TAPOB (0.154 g (0.39 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and MMBAc (25 g), Heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyimide precursor were 198,000 and 52,000, respectively.
(實施例12) 實施例12中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(7.35 g(23.7 mmol))、PMDA(0.57 g(2.63 mmol))、m-TB(4.17 g(19.7 mmol))、4,4'-DDS(1.31 g(5.26 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.66 g(0.61 mmol))、1,3,5-TAPOB(0.21 g(0.53 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為185,000、50,000。(Example 12) In Example 12, under a stream of dry nitrogen gas, ODPA (7.35 g (23.7 mmol)), PMDA (0.57 g (2.63 mmol)), m-TB (4.17) were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask. g (19.7 mmol)), 4,4'-DDS (1.31 g (5.26 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.66 g (0.61 mmol)), 1,3,5-TAPOB (0.21 g (0.53 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and MMBAc (25 g), and stirred with heating at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyfluorene imide precursor were 185,000 and 50,000, respectively.
(實施例13) 實施例13中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(6.16 g(19.8 mmol))、PMDA(0.49 g(2.26 mmol))、X-22-168-P5-B(2.19 g(0.52 mmol))、m-TB(4.80 g(22.6 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為67,000、32,000。(Example 13) In Example 13, under a stream of dry nitrogen gas, ODPA (6.16 g (19.8 mmol)), PMDA (0.49 g (2.26 mmol)), X-22-168 were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask. -P5-B (2.19 g (0.52 mmol)), m-TB (4.80 g (22.6 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and MMBAc (25 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyfluorene imide precursor were 67,000 and 32,000, respectively.
(實施例14) 實施例14中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(6.09 g(19.6 mmol))、BSAA(0.90 g(2.18 mmol))、m-TB(4.53 g(21.3 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.12 g(0.49 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為65,000、31,000。(Example 14) In Example 14, under a stream of dry nitrogen, ODPA (6.09 g (19.6 mmol)), BSAA (0.90 g (2.18 mmol)), and m-TB (4.53) were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask. g (21.3 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.12 g (0.49 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and MMBAc (25 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyimide precursor were 65,000 and 31,000, respectively.
(實施例15) 實施例15中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(7.18 g(23.2 mmol))、BPAF(1.18 g(2.57 mmol))、m-TB(5.34 g(25.1 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.58 g(0.59 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為66,000、31,000。(Example 15) In Example 15, under a stream of dry nitrogen gas, ODPA (7.18 g (23.2 mmol)), BPAF (1.18 g (2.57 mmol)), m-TB (5.34 g (25.1 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.58 g (0.59 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and MMBAc (25 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyimide precursor were 66,000 and 31,000, respectively.
(實施例16) 實施例16中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(7.74 g(25.0 mmol))、PMDA(0.61 g(2.77 mmol))、CHDA(0.63 g(5.55 mmol))、m-TB(4.58 g(21.6 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.81 g(0.64 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為71,000、34,000。(Example 16) In Example 16, ODPA (7.74 g (25.0 mmol)), PMDA (0.61 g (2.77 mmol)), CHDA (0.63 g ( 5.55 mmol)), m-TB (4.58 g (21.6 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.81 g (0.64 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and MMBAc (25 g) at 80 ° C Heat and stir. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyimide precursor were 71,000 and 34,000, respectively.
(實施例17) 實施例17中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入BPDA(5.06 g(17.2 mmol))、PMDA(0.42 g(1.91 mmol))、TFMB(5.98 g(18.7 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(1.93 g(0.44 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為85,000、46,000。(Example 17) In Example 17, BPDA (5.06 g (17.2 mmol)), PMDA (0.42 g (1.91 mmol)), TFMB (5.98 g ( 18.7 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (1.93 g (0.44 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and MMBAc (25 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyimide precursor were 85,000 and 46,000, respectively.
(實施例18) 實施例18中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入BPDA(5.06 g(17.2 mmol))、PMDA(0.42 g(1.91 mmol))、TFMB(3.98 g(12.4 mmol))、4,4'-DDS(1.55 g(6.23 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(1.93 g(0.44 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為75,000、45,000。(Example 18) In Example 18, a 200 mL four-necked flask was charged with BPDA (5.06 g (17.2 mmol)), PMDA (0.42 g (1.91 mmol)), TFMB (3.98 g ( 12.4 mmol)), 4,4'-DDS (1.55 g (6.23 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (1.93 g (0.44 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and MMBAc (25 g), in Heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyimide precursor were 75,000 and 45,000, respectively.
(實施例19) 實施例19中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入BPDA(4.50 g(15.3 mmol))、PMDA(0.42 g(1.91 mmol))、BPAF(0.88 g(1.91 mmol))、TFMB(3.99 g(12.5 mmol))、4,4'-DDS(1.55 g(6.25 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(1.94 g(0.44 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為73,500、40,000。(Example 19) In Example 19, BPDA (4.50 g (15.3 mmol)), PMDA (0.42 g (1.91 mmol)), BPAF (0.88 g ( 1.91 mmol)), TFMB (3.99 g (12.5 mmol)), 4,4'-DDS (1.55 g (6.25 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (1.94 g (0.44 mmol)), NMP (75 g ) And MMBAc (25 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyfluorene imide precursor were 73,500, and 40,000, respectively.
(實施例20) 實施例20中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入BPDA(3.38 g(11.5 mmol))、PMDA(0.42 g(1.91 mmol))、BPAF(2.64 g(5.75 mmol))、TFMB(4.00 g(12.5 mmol))、4,4'-DDS(1.55 g(6.25 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(1.93 g(0.44 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為73,000、44,000。(Example 20) In Example 20, a 200 mL four-necked flask was charged with BPDA (3.38 g (11.5 mmol)), PMDA (0.42 g (1.91 mmol)), BPAF (2.64 g ( 5.75 mmol)), TFMB (4.00 g (12.5 mmol)), 4,4'-DDS (1.55 g (6.25 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (1.93 g (0.44 mmol)), NMP (75 g ) And MMBAc (25 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyfluorene imide precursor were 73,000 and 44,000, respectively.
(實施例21) 實施例21中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入BPDA(2.25 g(7.64 mmol))、PMDA(0.42 g(1.91 mmol))、BPAF(4.38 g(9.55 mmol))、TFMB(4.00 g(12.5 mmol))、4,4'-DDS(1.55 g(6.23 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(1.93 g(0.44 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為70,000、42,500。(Example 21) In Example 21, BPDA (2.25 g (7.64 mmol)), PMDA (0.42 g (1.91 mmol)), BPAF (4.38 g ( 9.55 mmol)), TFMB (4.00 g (12.5 mmol)), 4,4'-DDS (1.55 g (6.23 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (1.93 g (0.44 mmol)), NMP (75 g ) And MMBAc (25 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyfluorene imide precursor were 70,000 and 42,500, respectively.
(實施例22) 實施例22中,對實施例20中所獲得的清漆(100 g)添加0.12 g(相對於聚醯亞胺前驅物的100質量份而相當於0.1質量份的質量)的2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑,製成實施例22中的清漆。(Example 22) In Example 22, 0.12 g (corresponding to 0.1 part by mass of 100 parts by mass of polyimide precursor) was added to the varnish (100 g) obtained in Example 20 of 2 -Ethyl-4-methylimidazole to make the varnish of Example 22.
(實施例23) 實施例23中,對實施例20中所獲得的清漆(100 g)添加0.36 g(相對於聚醯亞胺前驅物的100質量份而相當於0.3質量份的質量)的2-乙基-4-甲基咪唑,製成實施例23中的清漆。(Example 23) In Example 23, 0.36 g (corresponding to 0.3 parts by mass of the mass of polyimide precursor) was added to 2 (100 g) of the varnish (100 g) obtained in Example 20. 2 -Ethyl-4-methylimidazole to make the varnish of Example 23.
(實施例24) 實施例24中,對實施例20中所獲得的清漆(100 g)添加0.12 g(相對於聚醯亞胺前驅物的100質量份而相當於0.1質量份的質量)的3,5-二羥基苯甲酸,製成實施例24中的清漆。(Example 24) In Example 24, 0.12 g (corresponding to 0.1 part by mass of 100 parts by mass of polyimide precursor) was added to the varnish (100 g) obtained in Example 20 of 3 , 5-Dihydroxybenzoic acid to make the varnish of Example 24.
(實施例25) 實施例25中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入BPDA(3.38 g(11.5 mmol))、PMDA(0.42 g(1.92 mmol))、BPAF(2.64 g(5.75 mmol))、TFMB(3.90 g(12.2 mmol))、4,4'-DDS(1.55 g(6.25 mmol))、1,3,5-TAPOB(0.077 g(0.19 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(1.94 g(0.44 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為95,000、49,000。(Example 25) In Example 25, BPDA (3.38 g (11.5 mmol)), PMDA (0.42 g (1.92 mmol)), BPAF (2.64 g ( 5.75 mmol)), TFMB (3.90 g (12.2 mmol)), 4,4'-DDS (1.55 g (6.25 mmol)), 1,3,5-TAPOB (0.077 g (0.19 mmol)), X-22- 1660B-3 (1.94 g (0.44 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and MMBAc (25 g) were heated and stirred at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyfluorene imide precursor were 95,000 and 49,000, respectively.
(實施例26) 實施例26中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入BPDA(3.38 g(11.5 mmol))、PMDA(0.42 g(1.92 mmol))、BPAF(2.64 g(5.75 mmol))、TFMB(3.87 g(12.1 mmol))、4,4'-DDS(1.55 g(6.25 mmol))、TAB-S(0.053 g(0.19 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(1.94 g(0.44 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為96,000、49,500。(Example 26) In Example 26, BPDA (3.38 g (11.5 mmol)), PMDA (0.42 g (1.92 mmol)), BPAF (2.64 g ( 5.75 mmol)), TFMB (3.87 g (12.1 mmol)), 4,4'-DDS (1.55 g (6.25 mmol)), TAB-S (0.053 g (0.19 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 ( 1.94 g (0.44 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and MMBAc (25 g), and stirred with heating at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyfluorene imide precursor were 96,000 and 49,500, respectively.
(實施例27) 實施例27中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入BPDA(3.38 g(11.5 mmol))、PMDA(0.42 g(1.92 mmol))、BPAF(2.64 g(5.75 mmol))、TFMB(3.00 g(9.36 mmol))、4,4'-DDS(2.33 g(9.36 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(1.94 g(0.44 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為68,000、40,000。(Example 27) In Example 27, BPDA (3.38 g (11.5 mmol)), PMDA (0.42 g (1.92 mmol)), BPAF (2.64 g ( 5.75 mmol)), TFMB (3.00 g (9.36 mmol)), 4,4'-DDS (2.33 g (9.36 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (1.94 g (0.44 mmol)), NMP (75 g ) And MMBAc (25 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyfluorene imide precursor were 68,000 and 40,000, respectively.
(實施例28) 實施例28中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入BPDA(3.38 g(11.5 mmol))、PMDA(0.42 g(1.92 mmol))、BPAF(2.64 g(5.75 mmol))、TFMB(2.00 g(6.27 mmol))、4,4'-DDS(3.09 g(12.46 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(1.94 g(0.44 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為64,000、37,000。(Example 28) In Example 28, BPDA (3.38 g (11.5 mmol)), PMDA (0.42 g (1.92 mmol)), BPAF (2.64 g ( 5.75 mmol)), TFMB (2.00 g (6.27 mmol)), 4,4'-DDS (3.09 g (12.46 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (1.94 g (0.44 mmol)), NMP (75 g ) And MMBAc (25 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyimide precursor were 64,000 and 37,000, respectively.
(實施例29) 實施例29中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(7.37 g(23.8 mmol))、PMDA(0.58 g(2.64 mmol))、m-TB(4.35 g(20.5 mmol))、4,4'-DDS(1.31 g(5.28 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.67 g(0.61 mmol))、NMP(90 g)、以及MMBAc(10 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為70,000、32,500。(Example 29) In Example 29, under a stream of dry nitrogen gas, ODPA (7.37 g (23.8 mmol)), PMDA (0.58 g (2.64 mmol)), m-TB (4.35) were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask. g (20.5 mmol)), 4,4'-DDS (1.31 g (5.28 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.67 g (0.61 mmol)), NMP (90 g), and MMBAc (10 g) , Stirring at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyimide precursor were 70,000 and 32,500, respectively.
(實施例30) 實施例30中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(7.37 g(23.8 mmol))、PMDA(0.58 g(2.64 mmol))、m-TB(4.35 g(20.5 mmol))、4,4'-DDS(1.31 g(5.28 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.67 g(0.61 mmol))、NMP(63 g)、以及MMBAc(37 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為67,500、31,500。(Example 30) In Example 30, under a stream of dry nitrogen, ODPA (7.37 g (23.8 mmol)), PMDA (0.58 g (2.64 mmol)), m-TB (4.35 g (20.5 mmol)), 4,4'-DDS (1.31 g (5.28 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.67 g (0.61 mmol)), NMP (63 g), and MMBAc (37 g) , Stirring at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyimide precursor were 67,500 and 31,500, respectively.
(實施例31) 實施例31中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(6.25 g(20.1 mmol))、PMDA(0.48 g(2.24 mmol))、m-TB(4.64 g(21.9 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.26 g(0.51 mmol))、NMP(55 g)、以及MMBAc(45 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為63,000、30,000。(Example 31) In Example 31, under a stream of dry nitrogen, ODPA (6.25 g (20.1 mmol)), PMDA (0.48 g (2.24 mmol)), m-TB (4.64) were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask. g (21.9 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.26 g (0.51 mmol)), NMP (55 g), and MMBAc (45 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyfluorene imide precursor were 63,000 and 30,000, respectively.
(實施例32) 實施例32中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(6.25 g(20.1 mmol))、PMDA(0.48 g(2.24 mmol))、m-TB(4.64 g(21.9 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.26 g(0.51 mmol))、NMP(96 g)、以及MMBAc(4 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為70,000、33,000。(Example 32) In Example 32, under a stream of dry nitrogen, ODPA (6.25 g (20.1 mmol)), PMDA (0.48 g (2.24 mmol)), m-TB (4.64) were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask. g (21.9 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.26 g (0.51 mmol)), NMP (96 g), and MMBAc (4 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyfluorene imide precursor were 70,000 and 33,000, respectively.
(實施例33) 實施例33中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(6.25 g(20.1 mmol))、PMDA(0.48 g(2.24 mmol))、m-TB(4.64 g(21.9 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.26 g(0.51 mmol))、NMP(30 g)、以及MMBAc(70 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為59,000、28,000。(Example 33) In Example 33, under a stream of dry nitrogen gas, ODPA (6.25 g (20.1 mmol)), PMDA (0.48 g (2.24 mmol)), m-TB (4.64) were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask. g (21.9 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.26 g (0.51 mmol)), NMP (30 g), and MMBAc (70 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyimide precursor were 59,000 and 28,000, respectively.
(實施例34) 實施例34中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(4.41 g(14.2 mmol))、PMDA(0.62 g(2.84 mmol))、PMDA-HS(2.55 g(11.4 mmol))、m-TB(5.90 g(27.8 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.88 g(0.65 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為67,000、30,000。(Example 34) In Example 34, under a stream of dry nitrogen gas, ODPA (4.41 g (14.2 mmol)), PMDA (0.62 g (2.84 mmol)), PMDA-HS (2.55 g (11.4 mmol)), m-TB (5.90 g (27.8 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.88 g (0.65 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and MMBAc (25 g), at 80 Heat and stir at ℃. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyimide precursor were 67,000 and 30,000, respectively.
(實施例35) 實施例35中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入PMDA-HS(6.20 g(27.7 mmol))、PMDA(0.67 g(3.07 mmol))、m-TB(6.38 g(30.0 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(3.11 g(0.71 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為55,000、25,000。(Example 35) In Example 35, PMDA-HS (6.20 g (27.7 mmol)), PMDA (0.67 g (3.07 mmol)), and m-TB were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask under a stream of dry nitrogen. (6.38 g (30.0 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (3.11 g (0.71 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and MMBAc (25 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyfluorene imide precursor were 55,000 and 25,000, respectively.
(比較例1) 比較例1中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(6.25 g(20.1 mmol))、PMDA(0.48 g(2.24 mmol))、m-TB(4.64 g(21.9 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.26 g(0.51 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及BDGAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為70,000、32,000。(Comparative Example 1) In Comparative Example 1, under a stream of dry nitrogen, ODPA (6.25 g (20.1 mmol)), PMDA (0.48 g (2.24 mmol)), m-TB (4.64) were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask. g (21.9 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.26 g (0.51 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and BDGAc (25 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyfluorene imide precursor were 70,000 and 32,000, respectively.
(比較例2) 比較例2中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(6.25 g(20.1 mmol))、PMDA(0.48 g(2.24 mmol))、m-TB(4.64 g(21.9 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.26 g(0.51 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、以及正辛烷(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為68,000、31,000。(Comparative Example 2) In Comparative Example 2, under a stream of dry nitrogen, ODPA (6.25 g (20.1 mmol)), PMDA (0.48 g (2.24 mmol)), m-TB (4.64) were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask. g (21.9 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.26 g (0.51 mmol)), NMP (75 g), and n-octane (25 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyfluorene imide precursor were 68,000 and 31,000, respectively.
(比較例3) 比較例3中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(6.25 g(20.1 mmol))、PMDA(0.48 g(2.24 mmol))、m-TB(4.64 g(21.9 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.26 g(0.51 mmol))、1,3-伸丁基二甘醇(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為53,000、24,000。(Comparative Example 3) In Comparative Example 3, under a stream of dry nitrogen, ODPA (6.25 g (20.1 mmol)), PMDA (0.48 g (2.24 mmol)), m-TB (4.64) were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask. g (21.9 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.26 g (0.51 mmol)), 1,3-butylene diethylene glycol (75 g), and MMBAc (25 g), heated at 80 ° C Stir. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyfluorene imide precursor were 53,000 and 24,000, respectively.
(比較例4) 比較例4中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(6.25 g(20.1 mmol))、PMDA(0.48 g(2.24 mmol))、m-TB(4.64 g(21.9 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.26 g(0.51 mmol))、DMIB(75 g)、以及MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為55,000、25,500。(Comparative Example 4) In Comparative Example 4, under a stream of dry nitrogen, ODPA (6.25 g (20.1 mmol)), PMDA (0.48 g (2.24 mmol)), m-TB (4.64) were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask. g (21.9 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.26 g (0.51 mmol)), DMIB (75 g), and MMBAc (25 g), heat and stir at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyimide precursor were 55,000 and 25,500, respectively.
(比較例5) 比較例5中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(6.25 g(20.1 mmol))、PMDA(0.48 g(2.24 mmol))、m-TB(4.64 g(21.9 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.26 g(0.51 mmol))、NMP(100 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的清漆產生渾濁,因此無法實施聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)的測定。(Comparative Example 5) In Comparative Example 5, ODPA (6.25 g (20.1 mmol)), PMDA (0.48 g (2.24 mmol)), m-TB (4.64) were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask under a stream of dry nitrogen. g (21.9 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.26 g (0.51 mmol)), NMP (100 g), and stir with heating at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The obtained varnish was cloudy, and therefore it was not possible to measure the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the polyfluorene imide precursor.
(比較例6) 比較例6中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(6.25 g(20.1 mmol))、PMDA(0.48 g(2.24 mmol))、m-TB(4.64 g(21.9 mmol))、X-22-1660B-3(2.26 g(0.51 mmol))、MMBAc(100 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的清漆中有不溶物而白濁,因此無法實施聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)的測定。(Comparative Example 6) In Comparative Example 6, under a stream of dry nitrogen gas, ODPA (6.25 g (20.1 mmol)), PMDA (0.48 g (2.24 mmol)), m-TB (4.64) were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask. g (21.9 mmol)), X-22-1660B-3 (2.26 g (0.51 mmol)), MMBAc (100 g), and stirred with heating at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The obtained varnish had insoluble matter and became cloudy, so it was impossible to measure the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the polyfluorene imide precursor.
(比較例7) 比較例7中,於乾燥氮氣氣流下,於200 mL的四口燒瓶中加入ODPA(7.42 g(23.9 mmol))、PMDA(0.58 g(2.66 mmol))、m-TB(5.64 g(26.6 mmol))、NMP(75 g)、MMBAc(25 g),於80℃下加熱攪拌。8小時後,進行冷卻而製成清漆。所獲得的聚醯亞胺前驅物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)分別為73,000、36,000。(Comparative Example 7) In Comparative Example 7, under a stream of dry nitrogen, ODPA (7.42 g (23.9 mmol)), PMDA (0.58 g (2.66 mmol)), and m-TB (5.64) were added to a 200 mL four-necked flask. g (26.6 mmol)), NMP (75 g), MMBAc (25 g), and stir with heating at 80 ° C. After 8 hours, it was cooled to make a varnish. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the obtained polyfluorene imide precursor were 73,000 and 36,000, respectively.
實施例1~實施例35、比較例1~比較例7中所合成的清漆的組成及使用該些清漆進行的評價結果是示於表1A-1、表1A-2、表1B-1、表1B-2、表1C、表1D中。再者,所謂表中的「SP」,是指SP值。所謂表中的「VP」,是指20℃下的蒸氣壓。The composition of the varnishes synthesized in Examples 1 to 35 and Comparative Examples 1 to 7 and the evaluation results using these varnishes are shown in Tables 1A-1, 1A-2, 1B-1, and Tables. 1B-2, Table 1C, and Table 1D. The "SP" in the table refers to the SP value. The "VP" in the table refers to the vapor pressure at 20 ° C.
[表1A-1]
[表1A-2]
[表1B-1]
[表1B-2]
[表1C]
[表1D]
(實施例36) 實施例36中,使用實施例1中所獲得的清漆並利用所述第3項目中所示的方法來製作聚醯亞胺樹脂膜。其後,利用所述第17項目中所示的方法來進行觸控面板的製作。(Example 36) In Example 36, the varnish obtained in Example 1 was used, and the polyimide resin film was produced by the method shown in the said 3rd item. Thereafter, the method shown in the item 17 is used to manufacture a touch panel.
(實施例37) 實施例37中,於聚醯亞胺樹脂膜上利用電漿CVD對SiON(製膜溫度:350℃,膜厚200 nm)進行製膜。除了該製膜以外,與實施例36同樣地進行觸控面板的製作。(Example 37) In Example 37, SiON (film formation temperature: 350 ° C, film thickness 200 nm) was formed on the polyimide resin film by plasma CVD. Except this film formation, it carried out similarly to Example 36, and produced the touch panel.
(實施例38) 實施例38中,於聚醯亞胺樹脂膜上利用電漿CVD依次對SiO2 (製膜溫度:350℃,膜厚100 nm)與SiN(製膜溫度:350℃,膜厚100 nm)進行製膜。除了該製膜以外,與實施例36同樣地進行觸控面板的製作。(Example 38) In Example 38, SiO 2 (film formation temperature: 350 ° C, film thickness 100 nm) and SiN (film formation temperature: 350 ° C, film) were sequentially formed on a polyimide resin film by plasma CVD. 100 nm thick). Except this film formation, it carried out similarly to Example 36, and produced the touch panel.
(實施例39) 實施例39中,於聚醯亞胺樹脂膜上利用電漿CVD依次對SiN(製膜溫度:350℃,膜厚100 nm)與SiO2 (製膜溫度:350℃,膜厚100 nm)進行製膜。除了該製膜以外,與實施例36同樣地進行觸控面板的製作。(Example 39) In Example 39, SiN (film formation temperature: 350 ° C, film thickness 100 nm) and SiO 2 (film formation temperature: 350 ° C, film) were sequentially formed on a polyimide resin film by plasma CVD. 100 nm thick). Except this film formation, it carried out similarly to Example 36, and produced the touch panel.
(實施例40) 實施例40中,於聚醯亞胺樹脂膜上利用電漿CVD對SiO2 (製膜溫度:350℃,膜厚200 nm)進行製膜。除了該製膜以外,與實施例36同樣地進行觸控面板的製作。(Example 40) In Example 40, SiO 2 (film forming temperature: 350 ° C., film thickness 200 nm) was formed on a polyimide resin film by plasma CVD. Except this film formation, it carried out similarly to Example 36, and produced the touch panel.
(實施例41) 實施例41中,使用實施例5中所獲得的清漆並利用所述第3項目中所示的方法來製作聚醯亞胺樹脂膜。其後,利用所述第17項目中所示的方法來進行觸控面板的製作。(Example 41) In Example 41, the varnish obtained in Example 5 was used, and the polyimide resin film was produced by the method shown in the said 3rd item. Thereafter, the method shown in the item 17 is used to manufacture a touch panel.
(實施例42) 實施例42中,於聚醯亞胺樹脂膜上利用電漿CVD對SiON(製膜溫度:350℃,膜厚200 nm)進行製膜。除了該製膜以外,與實施例41同樣地進行觸控面板的製作。(Example 42) In Example 42, SiON (film formation temperature: 350 ° C., film thickness 200 nm) was formed on a polyimide resin film by plasma CVD. Except for this film formation, a touch panel was produced in the same manner as in Example 41.
(實施例43) 實施例43中,於聚醯亞胺樹脂膜上利用電漿CVD依次對SiO2 (製膜溫度:350℃,膜厚100 nm)與SiN(製膜溫度:350℃,膜厚100 nm)進行製膜。除了該製膜以外,與實施例41同樣地進行觸控面板的製作。(Example 43) In Example 43, SiO 2 (film formation temperature: 350 ° C, film thickness 100 nm) and SiN (film formation temperature: 350 ° C, film) were sequentially formed on a polyimide resin film by plasma CVD. 100 nm thick). Except for this film formation, a touch panel was produced in the same manner as in Example 41.
(實施例44) 實施例44中,於聚醯亞胺樹脂膜上利用電漿CVD依次對SiN(製膜溫度:350℃,膜厚100 nm)與SiO2 (製膜溫度:350℃,膜厚100 nm)進行製膜。除了該製膜以外,與實施例41同樣地進行觸控面板的製作。(Example 44) In Example 44, SiN (film formation temperature: 350 ° C, film thickness 100 nm) and SiO 2 (film formation temperature: 350 ° C, film) were sequentially formed on a polyimide resin film by plasma CVD. 100 nm thick). Except for this film formation, a touch panel was produced in the same manner as in Example 41.
(實施例45) 實施例45中,於聚醯亞胺樹脂膜上利用電漿CVD對SiO2 (製膜溫度:350℃,膜厚200 nm)進行製膜。除了該製膜以外,與實施例41同樣地進行觸控面板的製作。(Example 45) In Example 45, SiO 2 (film formation temperature: 350 ° C., film thickness 200 nm) was formed on the polyimide resin film by plasma CVD. Except for this film formation, a touch panel was produced in the same manner as in Example 41.
(實施例46) 實施例46中,使用實施例14中所獲得的清漆並利用所述第3項目中所示的方法來製作聚醯亞胺樹脂膜。其後,利用所述第17項目中所示的方法來進行觸控面板的製作。(Example 46) In Example 46, the varnish obtained in Example 14 was used, and the polyimide resin film was produced by the method shown in the said 3rd item. Thereafter, the method shown in the item 17 is used to manufacture a touch panel.
(實施例47) 實施例47中,使用實施例4中所獲得的清漆並利用所述第3項目中所示的方法來製作聚醯亞胺樹脂膜。其後,利用所述第17項目中所示的方法來進行觸控面板的製作。(Example 47) In Example 47, the varnish obtained in Example 4 was used, and the polyimide resin film was produced by the method shown in said 3rd item. Thereafter, the method shown in the item 17 is used to manufacture a touch panel.
(實施例48) 實施例48中,使用實施例22中所獲得的清漆並利用所述第3項目中所示的方法來製作聚醯亞胺樹脂膜。其後,利用所述第17項目中所示的方法來進行觸控面板的製作。(Example 48) In Example 48, the varnish obtained in Example 22 was used, and the polyimide resin film was produced by the method shown in the said 3rd item. Thereafter, the method shown in the item 17 is used to manufacture a touch panel.
(實施例49) 實施例49中,使用實施例26中所獲得的清漆並利用所述第3項目中所示的方法來製作聚醯亞胺樹脂膜。其後,利用所述第17項目中所示的方法來進行觸控面板的製作。(Example 49) In Example 49, the varnish obtained in Example 26 was used, and the polyimide resin film was produced by the method shown in said 3rd item. Thereafter, the method shown in the item 17 is used to manufacture a touch panel.
實施例36~實施例49中所獲得的積層體的構成及觸控面板的評價結果是示於表2中。The structure of the laminated body obtained in Example 36- Example 49 and the evaluation result of a touch panel are shown in Table 2.
[表2]
如以上般,本發明的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物、聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物、聚醯亞胺樹脂膜、積層體的製造方法、彩色濾光片的製造方法、液晶元件的製造方法以及有機EL元件的製造方法適合於狹縫塗佈性良好且所獲得的聚醯亞胺膜的白濁、殘留應力得到抑制的聚醯亞胺前驅物樹脂組成物、使用其的聚醯亞胺樹脂組成物、聚醯亞胺樹脂膜、積層體的製造方法、彩色濾光片的製造方法、液晶元件的製造方法以及有機EL元件的製造方法。As described above, the polyimide precursor resin composition, the polyimide resin composition, the polyimide resin film, the method for producing a laminate, the method for producing a color filter, and the production of a liquid crystal element of the present invention Method and method for manufacturing organic EL element are suitable for a polyimide precursor resin composition having a good slit coating property and obtaining a white turbidity of the polyimide film and suppressing residual stress, and a polyimide using the same A resin composition, a polyimide resin film, a method for manufacturing a laminate, a method for manufacturing a color filter, a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal element, and a method for manufacturing an organic EL element.
1、1-1、1-2‧‧‧聚醯亞胺樹脂膜1.1-1, 1-2‧‧‧Polyimide resin film
2‧‧‧阻氣層2‧‧‧Gas barrier
3‧‧‧第一配線層3‧‧‧ the first wiring layer
4‧‧‧第一絕緣層4‧‧‧The first insulation layer
5‧‧‧第二配線層5‧‧‧Second wiring layer
6‧‧‧第二絕緣層6‧‧‧Second insulation layer
7‧‧‧觸控面板7‧‧‧ touch panel
8‧‧‧彩色濾光片8‧‧‧ color filter
9‧‧‧黑色矩陣9‧‧‧ Black Matrix
10R‧‧‧紅色畫素10R‧‧‧Red pixels
10G‧‧‧綠色畫素10G‧‧‧Green Pixel
10B‧‧‧藍色畫素10B‧‧‧Blue pixels
11‧‧‧外塗層11‧‧‧ Outer coating
12‧‧‧液晶元件12‧‧‧LCD element
13‧‧‧畫素電極13‧‧‧pixel electrode
14‧‧‧第一配向膜14‧‧‧first alignment film
15‧‧‧第二配向膜15‧‧‧Second alignment film
16‧‧‧相向電極16‧‧‧ Opposite electrode
17‧‧‧液晶層17‧‧‧LCD layer
18‧‧‧偏光板18‧‧‧ polarizing plate
19‧‧‧有機EL元件19‧‧‧Organic EL element
20‧‧‧TFT層20‧‧‧TFT layer
21‧‧‧平坦化層21‧‧‧ flattening layer
22‧‧‧第一電極22‧‧‧first electrode
23‧‧‧絕緣層23‧‧‧ Insulation
24R‧‧‧紅色有機EL發光層24R‧‧‧Red organic EL light emitting layer
24G‧‧‧綠色有機EL發光層24G‧‧‧ green organic EL light emitting layer
24B‧‧‧藍色有機EL發光層24B‧‧‧Blue organic EL light emitting layer
25‧‧‧第二電極25‧‧‧Second electrode
26‧‧‧玻璃基板26‧‧‧ glass substrate
27‧‧‧聚醯亞胺樹脂膜27‧‧‧Polyimide resin film
28‧‧‧膜厚測定部位28‧‧‧ film thickness measurement site
29‧‧‧箭頭(表示塗佈方向)29‧‧‧ arrow (indicating coating direction)
30‧‧‧積層體30‧‧‧Laminated body
31‧‧‧金屬圓柱31‧‧‧Metal Cylinder
I-I'‧‧‧剖面線I-I'‧‧‧ hatch
圖1A是表示包含本發明的實施形態的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的觸控面板的一構成例的平面圖。 圖1B是圖1A所示的觸控面板的I-I'虛線處的剖面圖。 圖2是表示包含本發明的實施形態的積層體的彩色濾光片的一構成例的剖面圖。 圖3是表示包含本發明的實施形態的積層體的液晶元件的一構成例的剖面圖。 圖4是表示包含本發明的實施形態的積層體的有機EL元件的一構成例的剖面圖。 圖5是用於說明實施例中的聚醯亞胺樹脂膜的製作及塗佈性評價的平面圖。 圖6是表示進行積層體的耐彎曲性評價時的彎折前的狀態的示意立體圖。 圖7是表示進行積層體的耐彎曲性評價時的彎折狀態的示意立體圖。FIG. 1A is a plan view showing a configuration example of a touch panel including a polyimide resin film according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 1B is a cross-sectional view taken along a line II-II ′ of the touch panel shown in FIG. 1A. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of a color filter including a laminated body according to an embodiment of the present invention. 3 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of a liquid crystal element including a laminated body according to an embodiment of the present invention. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of an organic EL element including a laminated body according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 5 is a plan view for explaining production of a polyimide resin film and evaluation of applicability in Examples. FIG. 6 is a schematic perspective view showing a state before bending when the laminated body is evaluated for bending resistance. FIG. 7 is a schematic perspective view showing a folded state when the laminated body is evaluated for bending resistance.
Claims (17)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2017-184501 | 2017-09-26 | ||
| JP2017184501 | 2017-09-26 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| TW201920485A true TW201920485A (en) | 2019-06-01 |
Family
ID=65901303
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| TW107133070A TW201920485A (en) | 2017-09-26 | 2018-09-20 | Polyimide precursor resin composition, polyimide resin composition and film, production method for layered product and color filter, production method for liquid crystal element, and production method for organic el element |
Country Status (5)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JPWO2019065164A1 (en) |
| KR (1) | KR20200052303A (en) |
| CN (1) | CN111133054B (en) |
| TW (1) | TW201920485A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2019065164A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (11)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP7304338B2 (en) * | 2018-03-30 | 2023-07-06 | 株式会社カネカ | Method for producing polyimide film and method for producing electronic device |
| JP7412094B2 (en) * | 2018-06-28 | 2024-01-12 | 旭化成株式会社 | Polyimide precursor resin composition |
| CN114341270B (en) * | 2019-09-24 | 2024-03-08 | 东丽株式会社 | Resin film, electronic device, manufacturing method of resin film, and manufacturing method of electronic device |
| JP7657048B2 (en) * | 2019-12-27 | 2025-04-04 | 日鉄ケミカル&マテリアル株式会社 | Polyimide film, its manufacturing method, and flexible device |
| KR102879804B1 (en) * | 2020-05-28 | 2025-10-31 | 아사히 가세이 가부시키가이샤 | resin composition |
| JP2022008093A (en) * | 2020-06-26 | 2022-01-13 | 東洋紡株式会社 | Electronic display apparatus |
| CN111812943B (en) * | 2020-08-07 | 2024-10-11 | 武汉柔显科技股份有限公司 | Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive resin film and pattern forming method |
| WO2022059971A1 (en) * | 2020-09-21 | 2022-03-24 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Composite substrate for manufacturing flexible display device, method of manufacturing flexible display device, and laminate for flexible display device using same |
| JP7640245B2 (en) * | 2020-10-22 | 2025-03-05 | 株式会社カネカ | Polyamic acid, polyamic acid solution, polyimide, polyimide film, laminate, flexible device, and method for producing polyimide film |
| JP7787008B2 (en) * | 2022-04-19 | 2025-12-16 | 株式会社カネカ | Polyamic acid, polyimide, multilayer polyimide film and flexible metal foil laminate |
| WO2025173314A1 (en) * | 2024-02-13 | 2025-08-21 | 住友電気工業株式会社 | Resin composition, insulated wire, and method for producing insulated wire |
Family Cites Families (11)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPS5948545B2 (en) | 1976-01-17 | 1984-11-27 | サンケン電気株式会社 | Lead wires for semiconductor devices |
| US5094919A (en) * | 1988-06-30 | 1992-03-10 | Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd. | Polyimide copolymers and process for preparing the same |
| JP2760520B2 (en) * | 1988-09-29 | 1998-06-04 | 新日鐵化学株式会社 | Polyimide copolymer and method for producing the same |
| JPH0291125A (en) * | 1988-09-29 | 1990-03-30 | Nippon Steel Chem Co Ltd | Silicone polyimide and its manufacturing method |
| EP0463184A4 (en) * | 1990-01-18 | 1992-03-11 | Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd. | Resin for protecting semiconductors |
| KR20070099676A (en) * | 2005-02-01 | 2007-10-09 | 국립대학법인 나고야공업대학 | Siloxane-modified multibranched polyimide |
| JP5256018B2 (en) * | 2008-12-26 | 2013-08-07 | 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 | Composition, coating film comprising the composition, laminate comprising the coating film, and electronic device incorporating the laminate |
| JP5725017B2 (en) * | 2010-03-31 | 2015-05-27 | Jsr株式会社 | Substrate manufacturing method and composition used therefor |
| JP2013050549A (en) * | 2011-08-30 | 2013-03-14 | Asahi Glass Co Ltd | Negative photosensitive resin composition, partition wall, optical element |
| KR101946092B1 (en) * | 2011-09-29 | 2019-02-08 | 제이에스알 가부시끼가이샤 | Resin composition, and film formation method using same |
| WO2014098235A1 (en) * | 2012-12-21 | 2014-06-26 | 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 | Polyimide precursor and resin composition containing same |
-
2018
- 2018-09-07 WO PCT/JP2018/033281 patent/WO2019065164A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2018-09-07 CN CN201880061722.4A patent/CN111133054B/en active Active
- 2018-09-07 JP JP2018548158A patent/JPWO2019065164A1/en active Pending
- 2018-09-07 KR KR1020207008170A patent/KR20200052303A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2018-09-20 TW TW107133070A patent/TW201920485A/en unknown
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN111133054B (en) | 2022-11-11 |
| KR20200052303A (en) | 2020-05-14 |
| CN111133054A (en) | 2020-05-08 |
| WO2019065164A1 (en) | 2019-04-04 |
| JPWO2019065164A1 (en) | 2020-09-03 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| TWI710584B (en) | Polyimide resin, polyimide resin composition, touch panel using the same and manufacturing method thereof, color filter and manufacturing method thereof, liquid crystal element and manufacturing method thereof, organic EL element and manufacturing method thereof | |
| CN111133054B (en) | Polyimide precursor resin composition, polyimide resin composition, and polyimide resin film | |
| JP6787124B2 (en) | Resin laminated film, laminated body containing it, TFT substrate, organic EL element color filter, and method for manufacturing them. | |
| CN104395375B (en) | Polyimide precursor, polyimides, the flexible base board for having used them, color filter and its manufacture method and flexible display device | |
| TWI731027B (en) | Manufacturing method of polyimide film, polyimide film, polyimide acid solution and photosensitive composition | |
| CN105593269B (en) | Polyimide precursor, polyimide resin film therefrom and the display element containing it, optical element, photo detector, touch panel, circuit substrate, organic el display and organic EL element and the manufacture method of colour filter | |
| CN103842408B (en) | Polyamic acid resin composition, polyimide resin composition and polyimides azoles resin combination and containing their flexible base board | |
| US10590306B2 (en) | Resin composition for display substrate, and heat-resistant resin film, organic EL display substrate, and method for manufacturing organic EL display using same | |
| JP7322699B2 (en) | Resin composition for display substrate, resin film for display substrate and laminate containing the same, image display device, organic EL display, and manufacturing method thereof | |
| JP7140108B2 (en) | Film with conductive layer and touch panel | |
| JP2015227418A (en) | Resin film, laminate containing the resin film, organic el element substrate and color filter substrate using the resin film, production methods of the resin film, the laminate, the organic el element substrate and the color filter substrate and flexible organic el display | |
| CN113166409B (en) | Polyimide precursor, polyimide resin film, and flexible device | |
| WO2018029766A1 (en) | Laminated resin film, laminated body including laminated resin film, tft substrate, organic el element color filter, and methods for manufacturing same |